Committed William Osborne's wxPalmOS port

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@29996 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

build/palmos/.cdtproject

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<cdtproject id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.make">
+    <extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.MakeScannerProvider" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ScannerInfoProvider"/>
+    <extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.Elf" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.BinaryParser"/>
+    <data>
+        <item id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.makeScannerInfo">
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\EntryNums"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix\arm"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix\arpa"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix\machine"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix\machine\arm"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix\machine\x86"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix\net"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix\netinet"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\posix\sys"/>
+            <includePath path="$(SDK6_LOCATION)headers\streams"/>
+            <definedSymbol symbol="__arm__"/>
+        </item>
+    </data>
+</cdtproject>

build/palmos/.project

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<projectDescription>
+	<name>wxWidgets</name>
+	<comment></comment>
+	<projects>
+	</projects>
+	<buildSpec>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>com.palmsource.eclipse.palmoscore.palmOSMakeBuilder</name>
+			<arguments>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>CREATOR_ID</key>
+					<value>STRT</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>DB_HIDDEN</key>
+					<value>false</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>TARGET</key>
+					<value>Simulator</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>DB_TYPE</key>
+					<value>appl</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>VERSION</key>
+					<value>1</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>SDK</key>
+					<value>com.palmsource.eclipse.sdk.palmos6</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>DB_RESET_INSTALL</key>
+					<value>false</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>APP_NAME</key>
+					<value>wxWidgets</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>PROJECT_NAME</key>
+					<value>wxWidgets</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>OS_API</key>
+					<value>Protein</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>PROJECT_TYPE</key>
+					<value>appl</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>DB_BACKUP</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>DB_PREVENT_COPY</key>
+					<value>false</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>DEBUG_OR_RELEASE</key>
+					<value>Debug</value>
+				</dictionary>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.makeBuilder</name>
+			<arguments>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.core.errorOutputParser</key>
+					<value>org.eclipse.cdt.core.GCCErrorParser;org.eclipse.cdt.core.GASErrorParser;org.eclipse.cdt.core.GLDErrorParser;org.eclipse.cdt.core.MakeErrorParser;org.eclipse.cdt.core.VCErrorParser;</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.fullBuildTarget</key>
+					<value>clean all</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.incrementalBuildTarget</key>
+					<value>all</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableAutoBuild</key>
+					<value>false</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildLocation</key>
+					<value></value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.useDefaultBuildCmd</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildCommand</key>
+					<value>make</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableFullBuild</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enabledIncrementalBuild</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.autoBuildTarget</key>
+					<value>all</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.stopOnError</key>
+					<value>false</value>
+				</dictionary>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+	</buildSpec>
+	<natures>
+		<nature>com.palmsource.eclipse.palmos6dev.palmOSProteinNature</nature>
+		<nature>com.palmsource.eclipse.palmoscore.palmOSNature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cnature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.makeNature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.ccnature</nature>
+	</natures>
+</projectDescription>

build/palmos/auto-generated.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# This file auto-generated by Palm OS Make builder.  Don't modify directly!!!
+
+# This value is unescaped.  Either quote the value or escape special characters when you use it.
+ifeq ($(TOOLS_DIR), )
+   TOOLS_DIR = C:/Program Files/PalmSource/Palm OS Developer Suite/PalmOSTools/
+endif
+
+# This value is unescaped.  Either quote the value or escape special characters when you use it.
+ifeq ($(SDK_LOCATION), )
+   SDK_LOCATION = C:/Program Files/PalmSource/Palm OS Developer Suite/sdk-6/
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(SDK_VERSION), )
+   SDK_VERSION = sdk-6
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(CREATOR_ID), )
+   CREATOR_ID = STRT
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DB_HIDDEN), )
+   DB_HIDDEN = false
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(TARGET), )
+   TARGET = Simulator
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DB_TYPE), )
+   DB_TYPE = appl
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(VERSION), )
+   VERSION = 1
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DB_RESET_INSTALL), )
+   DB_RESET_INSTALL = false
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(SDK), )
+   SDK = com.palmsource.eclipse.sdk.palmos6
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(APP_NAME), )
+   APP_NAME = wxWidgets
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(OS_API), )
+   OS_API = Protein
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_NAME), )
+   PROJECT_NAME = wxWidgets
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), )
+   PROJECT_TYPE = appl
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DB_BACKUP), )
+   DB_BACKUP = true
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DB_PREVENT_COPY), )
+   DB_PREVENT_COPY = false
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_OR_RELEASE), )
+   DEBUG_OR_RELEASE = Debug
+endif
+

build/palmos/makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#  Palm OS Generic Protein Makefile for Eclipse v1.0.0
+#
+# Fill in this file to specify your project and the source that you want
+# to build, and the settings involved in the build. The makefile-engine.mk
+# will then do the hard work of the makefile and dependency handling.
+#
+# After starting a new project, please remember the following steps...
+#	1. Add all sources and resources in SOURCES and RESOURCES
+#	2. Review the other settings as needed.
+#
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+## conditionally include an auto-generated.mk for dynamic definitions
+-include auto-generated.mk
+
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Set up the artifact name.
+# The database name and other file names are based on the application name
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ARTIFACT_NAME = wxWidgets
+EMPTY =
+SPACE =$(EMPTY) $(EMPTY)
+ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME = $(subst $(SPACE),\ ,$(ARTIFACT_NAME))
+
+PROJECT_NAME = wxWidgets
+PRC_NAME = wxWidgets.prc
+
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Sources and Resources and Definition files
+# List all the sources (.c/.cpp), resources (.xrd), and definition file (.sld)
+# in your project.  Use project relative path names with forward slashes 
+# (src/code.cpp).  Please do not use spaces in directory or file names.
+#
+# A note about XRD resource files:  If you have existing .rsrc or .rcp files, 
+# refer to the documentation for the GenerateXRD tool to convert them into 
+# XRD files for use with all Palm OS SDKs.
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# TODO: Update all sources and resources
+
+SOURCES =  ../../samples/minimal/minimal.cpp \
+../../src/common/accesscmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/appbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/appcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/artprov.cpp \
+../../src/common/artstd.cpp \
+../../src/common/bmpbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/bookctrl.cpp \
+../../src/common/choiccmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/clipcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/clntdata.cpp \
+../../src/common/cmdproc.cpp \
+../../src/common/cmndata.cpp \
+../../src/common/config.cpp \
+../../src/common/containr.cpp \
+../../src/common/cshelp.cpp \
+../../src/common/ctrlcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/ctrlsub.cpp \
+../../src/common/datacmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/datetime.cpp \
+../../src/common/datstrm.cpp \
+../../src/common/db.cpp \
+../../src/common/dbgrid.cpp \
+../../src/common/dbtable.cpp \
+../../src/common/dcbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/dircmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/dlgcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/dndcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/dobjcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/docmdi.cpp \
+../../src/common/docview.cpp \
+../../src/common/dpycmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/dseldlg.cpp \
+../../src/common/dynarray.cpp \
+../../src/common/dynlib.cpp \
+../../src/common/dynload.cpp \
+../../src/common/effects.cpp \
+../../src/common/encconv.cpp \
+../../src/common/event.cpp \
+../../src/common/fddlgcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/ffile.cpp \
+../../src/common/file.cpp \
+../../src/common/fileconf.cpp \
+../../src/common/filesys.cpp \
+../../src/common/fldlgcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/fmapbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/fontcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/fontmap.cpp \
+../../src/common/framecmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/fs_inet.cpp \
+../../src/common/fs_mem.cpp \
+../../src/common/fs_zip.cpp \
+../../src/common/ftp.cpp \
+../../src/common/gaugecmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/gbsizer.cpp \
+../../src/common/gdicmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/geometry.cpp \
+../../src/common/gifdecod.cpp \
+../../src/common/hash.cpp \
+../../src/common/hashmap.cpp \
+../../src/common/helpbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/http.cpp \
+../../src/common/iconbndl.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagall.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagbmp.cpp \
+../../src/common/image.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagfill.cpp \
+../../src/common/imaggif.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagiff.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagjpeg.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagpcx.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagpng.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagpnm.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagtiff.cpp \
+../../src/common/imagxpm.cpp \
+../../src/common/init.cpp \
+../../src/common/intl.cpp \
+../../src/common/ipcbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/layout.cpp \
+../../src/common/lboxcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/list.cpp \
+../../src/common/log.cpp \
+../../src/common/longlong.cpp \
+../../src/common/matrix.cpp \
+../../src/common/memory.cpp \
+../../src/common/menucmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/mimecmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/module.cpp \
+../../src/common/msgout.cpp \
+../../src/common/mstream.cpp \
+../../src/common/nbkbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/object.cpp \
+../../src/common/paper.cpp \
+../../src/common/popupcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/prntbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/process.cpp \
+../../src/common/protocol.cpp \
+../../src/common/quantize.cpp \
+../../src/common/radiocmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/regex.cpp \
+../../src/common/rendcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/rgncmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/sckaddr.cpp \
+../../src/common/sckfile.cpp \
+../../src/common/sckipc.cpp \
+../../src/common/sckstrm.cpp \
+../../src/common/settcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/sizer.cpp \
+../../src/common/socket.cpp \
+../../src/common/statbar.cpp \
+../../src/common/strconv.cpp \
+../../src/common/stream.cpp \
+../../src/common/string.cpp \
+../../src/common/sysopt.cpp \
+../../src/common/taskbarcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/tbarbase.cpp \
+../../src/common/textbuf.cpp \
+../../src/common/textcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/textfile.cpp \
+../../src/common/timercmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/tokenzr.cpp \
+../../src/common/toplvcmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/treebase.cpp \
+../../src/common/txtstrm.cpp \
+../../src/common/url.cpp \
+../../src/common/utilscmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/valgen.cpp \
+../../src/common/validate.cpp \
+../../src/common/valtext.cpp \
+../../src/common/variant.cpp \
+../../src/common/wfstream.cpp \
+../../src/common/wincmn.cpp \
+../../src/common/wxchar.cpp \
+../../src/common/xpmdecod.cpp \
+../../src/common/xti.cpp \
+../../src/common/xtistrm.cpp \
+../../src/common/xtixml.cpp \
+../../src/common/zipstrm.cpp \
+../../src/common/zstream.cpp \
+../../src/generic/renderg.cpp \
+../../src/generic/statusbr.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/accel.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/app.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/base.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/bitmap.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/bmpbuttn.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/brush.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/button.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/caret.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/checkbox.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/checklst.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/choice.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/clipbrd.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/colordlg.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/colour.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/combobox.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/control.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/crashrpt.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/cursor.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/data.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dc.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dcclient.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dcmemory.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dcprint.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dcscreen.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dialog.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dialup.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dib.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dir.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dirdlg.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/display.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dragimag.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/dummy.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/enhmeta.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/evtloop.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/fdrepdlg.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/filedlg.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/font.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/fontdlg.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/fontenum.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/fontutil.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/frame.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/gauge.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/gdiimage.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/gdiobj.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/glcanvas.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/help.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/icon.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/imaglist.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/iniconf.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/joystick.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/listbox.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/listctrl.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/main.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/mdi.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/menu.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/menuitem.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/metafile.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/mimetype.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/minifram.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/msgdlg.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/mslu.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/nativdlg.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/notebook.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/ownerdrw.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/palette.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/pen.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/popupwin.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/printdlg.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/printpalm.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/radiobox.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/radiobut.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/regconf.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/region.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/registry.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/renderer.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/scrolbar.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/settings.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/slider.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/snglinst.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/sound.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/spinbutt.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/spinctrl.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/statbmp.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/statbox.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/statusbar.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/statline.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/stattext.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/taskbar.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/toolbar.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/textctrl.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/tglbtn.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/thread.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/timer.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/tooltip.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/toplevel.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/treectrl.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/utils.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/utilsexc.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/utilsgui.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/volume.cpp \
+../../src/palmos/window.cpp 
+
+RESOURCES = ../../include/wx/palmos/wxWidgets.xrd ../../include/wx/palmos/Version.xrd
+DEFS_FILE = ../../include/wx/palmos/wxWidgets.def
+SLD_FILE = ../../include/wx/palmos/wxWidgets.sld
+
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Review Database information
+# Register Creator ID at: http://dev.palmos.com/creatorid/
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+CREATOR_ID = bapp
+DB_TYPE = appl
+
+DATABASE_RESET =
+DATABASE_BACKUP = -b
+DATABASE_HIDDEN =
+DATABASE_PROTECT =
+DATABASE_VERSION = 1
+
+LOCALE = enUS
+DATABASE_NAME = $(APP_NAME)
+
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Choose SDK
+# Supported values:
+#	sdk-6
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SDK_VERSION = sdk-6
+
+ifeq ($(SDK_LOCATION),)
+SDK_LOCATION=../../
+endif
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build Settings
+# Review the following for your needs.
+# The default settings build with debug information and no optimization and
+# a target platform of an actual device.
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#
+# Set Debug or Release configuration for this project via the project 
+# properties (right-click on the project and select Properties).
+#
+DEBUG_OR_RELEASE=Debug
+
+#
+# Set the target platform for the build; either Device or Simulator
+# Use Device as a target for emulator builds.
+#
+TARGET_PLATFORM=Simulator
+
+# Specify the level of optimization that you want:
+# NONE, SOME, FULL, INTRAPROCEDURAL, INTERPROCEDURAL, INLINING.
+# Leave blank to select FULL for release builds, and NONE for
+# debug builds.
+# INTRAPROCEDURAL, INTERPROCEDURAL, INLINING are applicable to 
+# device builds only; simulator builds will translate those levels
+# to FULL.
+OPTIMIZE_LEVEL = NONE
+
+# Specify warning level
+# NONE = suppress all warnings
+# ALL = enable all warnings
+# <undefined> = default warnings
+WARNING_LEVEL = 
+
+# Specify exception handling support
+# true = enable it
+# false = don't enable it
+ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HANDLING=true
+
+# List additional libraries to link with
+# (Full or project relative path)
+ADDITIONAL_LINK_LIBRARIES =
+ADDITIONAL_SIM_LINK_LIBRARIES =
+
+# Additional paths to look for #include "header"
+# (Source file directories are automatically included)
+# Please note that both local and system include paths should 
+# either use "cygwin" syntax or if in Windows syntax the should
+# be quoted.  ie: ../MyLibrary/headers or "C:\Source\MyLibrary\headers"
+# Additionally, you must explicly specify the "-I" prior to each
+# path included in this variable.  Spaces are used to separate
+# each path from each other.
+LOCAL_INCLUDE_PATHS = -Irsc -I../../include
+LOCAL_SIM_INCLUDE_PATHS = -Irsc -I../../include
+
+# Additional paths to look for #include <header>
+# (Palm OS SDK directories are automatically included)
+# Additionally, you must explicly specify the "-I" prior to each
+# path included in this variable.  Spaces are used to separate
+# each path from each other.
+SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATHS =
+SYSTEM_SIM_INCLUDE_PATHS =
+
+# Specify any needed preprocessor symbols.
+# If you set DEFINES to "ASSERTLEVEL=1", the compiler will see "-DASSERTLEVEL=1"
+# (separate individual entries with spaces)
+DEFINES =
+SIM_DEFINES =
+
+# Specify additional compiler flags for all files
+ADDITIONAL_COMPILER_FLAGS = 
+ADDITIONAL_SIM_COMPILER_FLAGS =
+
+# Specify additional linker flags
+ADDITIONAL_LINKER_FLAGS =
+ADDITIONAL_SIM_LINKER_FLAGS =
+
+# Specify additional archival flags (for static libraries)
+ADDITIONAL_AR_FLAGS =
+ADDITIONAL_SIM_AR_FLAGS =
+
+
+# Tools Directory
+# Normally you wouldn't want to override this since the necessary tools
+# are in the PATH.  But if you experimenting with other tools, then 
+# reset the directory here
+# If overridden, end with a trailing '/'
+
+ifeq ($(TOOLS_DIR), )
+TOOLS_DIR = ../../../PalmOSTools/
+endif
+
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Resource Settings
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Specify the target text encoding
+# LATIN, JAPANESE, SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE
+TEXTENCODING = LATIN
+
+# Specify error levels for locale and text encoding
+# NOCHECK
+# STRICT
+# <default>
+LOCALE_CHECKING =
+
+# Specific if encoding should be checked
+# FALSE, TRUE
+STRICT_ENCODING = FALSE
+
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Output Settings
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Modify if you want object and output files to be in different locations
+# (However, please note that all three object directories must be different
+# for the makefile engine to properly operate.)
+# OUTPUT_DIR is the "main" output directory, where all linked and binary objects
+# will be put.
+
+DEBUG_DEVICE_OUTPUT_DIR := DebugDevice
+RELEASE_DEVICE_OUTPUT_DIR := ReleaseDevice
+DEBUG_SIMULATOR_OUTPUT_DIR := DebugSim
+RELEASE_SIMULATOR_OUTPUT_DIR := ReleaseSim
+RSC_OBJ_DIR := ResourceObjs
+
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Makefiles
+## --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+## include the makefile engine
+include makefile-engine.mk
+
+## conditionally include your own custom.mk for your specific overrides or definitions
+## this is useful if you don't want to use the auto-generated.mk values
+## for some reason
+-include custom.mk

build/palmos/makefile-engine.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
+## Palm OS Protein Generic Makefile Engine for Eclipse v1.0.0
+#
+# Last edit: 7/22/04
+#
+# This makefile engine is capable of compiling Protein 
+# applications for Palm OS.
+#
+# This makefile engine assumes that the following variables are 
+# set outside of this makefile by a referencing master makefile
+# (see a master makefile generated by a Palm OS Developer 
+# Suite wizard for detailed explanation of each variable):
+#
+#	SOURCES
+#	RESOURCES
+#	DATABASE_RESET 
+#	DATABASE_BACKUP 
+#	DATABASE_HIDDEN 
+#	DATABASE_PROTECT
+#	DATABASE_BUNDLE
+#	DATABASE_VERSION 
+#	DATABASE_NAME 
+#	PROJECT_TYPE
+#	DEBUG_OR_RELEASE 
+#	OPTIMIZE_LEVEL 
+#	WARNING_LEVEL 
+#	ENABLE_EXCEPTIONS
+#	ENABLE_ASSERTIONS
+#	ADDITIONAL_LINK_LIBRARIES 
+#	ADDITIONAL_SIM_LINK_LIBRARIES 
+#	LOCAL_INCLUDE_PATHS 
+#	LOCAL_SIM_INCLUDE_PATHS 
+#	SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATHS 
+#	SYSTEM_SIM_INCLUDE_PATHS 
+#	DEFINES 
+#	SIM_DEFINES 
+#	ADDITIONAL_COMPILER_FLAGS 
+#	ADDITIONAL_SIM_COMPILER_FLAGS 
+#	ADDITIONAL_LINKER_FLAGS 
+#	ADDITIONAL_SIM_LINKER_FLAGS 
+#	ADDITIONAL_AR_FLAGS
+#	ADDITIONAL_SIM_AR_FLAGS
+#	TEXTENCODING
+#	LOCALE_CHECKING
+#	STRICT_ENCODING
+#	SDK_LOCATION
+#	TARGET_PLATFORM
+#
+# Additionally, the user of this makefile engine may obtain the 
+# dynamic values for:
+#	SDK_LOCATION
+#	SDK_VERSION
+#	TOOLS_DIR 
+# by doing an optional include of a makefile segment that is 
+# generated during the Palm OS Developer Suite standard make build.
+# The makefile line to accomplish this is:
+#	-include auto-generated.mk
+# All master makefiles generated by Palm OS Developer Suite
+# wizards include this line already to pick up and use these
+# dynamic definitions.
+#
+# All variable values may be overridden by editing the make command
+# for the project (Project->Properties->C/C++ Make Project->Make Builder,
+# Build Command field).
+#
+
+###############################################################################
+# Defaults
+
+comma:= ,
+
+ifeq ($(TOOLS_DIR), )
+	TOOLS_DIR =
+endif
+
+# Locale (defaults to English)
+ifeq ($(LOCALE), )
+	LOCALE := enUS
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(CREATOR_ID), )
+	CREATOR_ID = STRT
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DB_TYPE), )
+	DB_TYPE = appl
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(SLD_FILE), )
+	SLD_FILE = none
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_DEVICE_OUTPUT_DIR), )
+	DEBUG_DEVICE_OUTPUT_DIR = DebugDevice
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(RELEASE_DEVICE_OUTPUT_DIR), )
+	RELEASE_DEVICE_OUTPUT_DIR = ReleaseDevice
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_SIMULATOR_OUTPUT_DIR), )
+	DEBUG_SIMULATOR_OUTPUT_DIR = DebugSim
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(RELEASE_SIMULATOR_OUTPUT_DIR), )
+	RELEASE_SIMULATOR_OUTPUT_DIR = ReleaseSim
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(SDK_VERSION), )
+	SDK_VERSION = sdk-6
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(ENABLE_EXCEPTIONS), )
+	ENABLE_EXCEPTIONS=TRUE
+endif
+
+###############################################################################
+# App/PRC/Database Names
+#
+# The difference between App Name and Database name is that App Name may 
+# contain spaces while the database name is the App name with spaces removed.
+# (Coded in such a way that if the user already explicitly defined these
+# variables previously, we'll go with those).
+
+ifeq ($(DATABASE_NAME), )
+ifeq ($(ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME), )
+	# Database name defaults if ARTIFACT_NAME is empty
+	DATABASE_NAME = StartApp
+else
+	DATABASE_NAME = $(ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PRC_NAME), )
+ifeq ($(ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME), )
+	# PRC name defaults if ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME is empty
+	PRC_NAME = Start.prc
+else
+	PRC_NAME = $(DATABASE_NAME).prc
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(LIB_NAME), )
+ifeq ($(ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME), )
+	# LIB name defaults if ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME is empty
+	LIB_NAME = Start.a
+else
+	LIB_NAME = $(DATABASE_NAME).a
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(SIM_LIB_NAME), )
+ifeq ($(ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME), )
+	# SIM LIB name defaults if ESCAPED_ARTIFACT_NAME is empty
+	SIM_LIB_NAME = Start.lib
+else
+	SIM_LIB_NAME = $(DATABASE_NAME).lib
+endif
+endif
+
+###############################################################################
+# Compile and Link Settings
+
+TARGET_FORMAT=PalmOS6
+
+# Compiler settings... compiler + optimizations + debug
+# This is a makefile for Palm OS 6 so the compilers used are as follows:
+# Device target compiler is pacc
+# Simulator target compiler is gcc
+
+CC = "$(TOOLS_DIR)pacc"
+SIM_CC = gcc
+
+CFLAGS += -D__PALMOS_KERNEL__=1 -D__PALMOS__=0x06000000
+SIM_CFLAGS += -fexceptions -mno-cygwin -mwindows -D__PALMOS_KERNEL__=1 -D__PALMOS__=0x06000000 -D_SUPPORTS_NAMESPACE=0 -D_SUPPORTS_RTTI=1 -DTARGET_PLATFORM=TARGET_PLATFORM_PALMSIM_WIN32 -DTARGET_HOST=TARGET_HOST_PALMOS
+
+# Warning level for device target
+ifeq ($(WARNING_LEVEL), ALL)
+	CFLAGS += -W4
+else
+ifeq ($(WARNING_LEVEL), SOME)
+	CFLAGS += -W2
+else
+ifeq ($(WARNING_LEVEL), NONE)
+	CFLAGS += -W0
+endif
+endif
+endif
+
+# Warning level for simulator target
+ifeq ($(SIM_WARNING_LEVEL), ALL)
+	SIM_CFLAGS += -Wall
+else
+ifeq ($(SIM_WARNING_LEVEL), NONE)
+	SIM_CFLAGS += -w
+endif
+endif
+
+# Warnings as errors for device builds
+ifeq ($(WARNING_AS_ERROR), TRUE)
+	CFLAGS += -Werror
+endif
+
+# Warnings as errors for simulator builds
+ifeq ($(SIM_WARNING_AS_ERROR), TRUE)
+	SIM_CFLAGS += -Werror
+endif
+
+# Adding after other warnings flags so this is always in effect
+SIM_CFLAGS += -Wno-multichar 
+
+# Verbose output for device build
+ifeq ($(VERBOSE), TRUE)
+	CFLAGS += -v
+endif
+
+# Verbose output for simulator build
+ifeq ($(SIM_VERBOSE), TRUE)
+	SIM_CFLAGS += -v
+endif
+
+# Dislay logo
+ifeq ($(ARM_LOGO), TRUE)
+	CFLAGS += -logo
+else
+	CFLAGS += -nologo
+endif
+
+# Exception handling support
+ifeq ($(ENABLE_EXCEPTIONS), TRUE)
+	CFLAGS += -ex
+	LDFLAGS += -ex
+endif
+
+# Assertion handling support
+ifeq ($(ENABLE_ASSERTIONS), TRUE)
+	CFLAGS += -UNDEBUG
+else
+	CFLAGS += -DNDEBUG=1
+endif
+
+# Additional linker flags
+ifdef ADDITIONAL_PALINK_FLAGS
+	LDFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_PALINK_FLAGS)
+endif
+
+# Optimization settings
+ifeq ($(OPTIMIZE_LEVEL), INLINING)
+	OPTIMIZER_FLAG	= -O5
+	SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O3
+else
+ifeq ($(OPTIMIZE_LEVEL), INTERPROCEDURAL)
+	OPTIMIZER_FLAG	= -O4
+	SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O3
+else
+ifeq ($(OPTIMIZE_LEVEL), FULL)
+	OPTIMIZER_FLAG	= -O3
+	SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O3
+else
+ifeq ($(OPTIMIZE_LEVEL), INTRAPROCEDURAL)
+	OPTIMIZER_FLAG	= -O2
+	SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O3
+else
+ifeq ($(OPTIMIZE_LEVEL), SOME)
+	OPTIMIZER_FLAG	= -O1
+	SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O1
+else
+ifeq ($(OPTIMIZE_LEVEL), NONE)
+	OPTIMIZER_FLAG	= -O0
+	SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O0
+else
+# Default to 0 for debug, 3 for release
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_OR_RELEASE), Debug)
+	OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O0
+	SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O0
+else
+	OPTIMIZER_FLAG	= -O3
+	SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG = -O3
+endif	
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+	
+# Debug settings (can override optimize settings)
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_OR_RELEASE), Debug)
+	DEBUG_FLAG += -g
+	BUILD_TYPE_FLAG = -DBUILD_TYPE=BUILD_TYPE_DEBUG
+	TRACE_OUTPUT_FLAG = -DTRACE_OUTPUT=TRACE_OUTPUT_ON
+else
+	BUILD_TYPE_FLAG = -DBUILD_TYPE=BUILD_TYPE_RELEASE
+	TRACE_OUTPUT_FLAG = -DTRACE_OUTPUT=TRACE_OUTPUT_OFF
+endif	
+
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_OR_RELEASE), Debug)
+	OBJ_DIR = $(DEBUG_DEVICE_OUTPUT_DIR)
+	SIM_OBJ_DIR = $(DEBUG_SIMULATOR_OUTPUT_DIR)
+else
+	OBJ_DIR = $(RELEASE_DEVICE_OUTPUT_DIR)
+	SIM_OBJ_DIR = $(RELEASE_SIMULATOR_OUTPUT_DIR)
+endif
+
+
+CFLAGS += $(OPTIMIZER_FLAG) $(DEBUG_FLAG) $(BUILD_TYPE_FLAG) $(TRACE_OUTPUT_FLAG)
+SIM_CFLAGS += $(SIM_OPTIMIZER_FLAG) $(DEBUG_FLAG) $(BUILD_TYPE_FLAG) $(TRACE_OUTPUT_FLAG)
+
+# Linker settings (must come after setting DEBUG_FLAG)
+LD = "$(TOOLS_DIR)pacc"
+SIM_LD = gcc
+
+LDFLAGS += $(DEBUG_FLAG) -nologo -Wl,-nolocals
+SIM_LDFLAGS += $(DEBUG_FLAG) -mno-cygwin -mwindows $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/gcc_link.def -shared -nostdlib -u___divdi3 -u___moddi3 -u___udivdi3 -u___umoddi3
+SIM_LIBS = -L "$(TOOLS_DIR)misclibs" -lpxstlport -lpxsupc++ -lpxgcc -lgcc
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_OR_RELEASE), Debug)
+	LDFLAGS += -Wl,-debug -Wl,-libpath -Wl,"$(SDK_LOCATION)libraries/ARM_4T/Debug/Default"
+	SIM_LIBS += "$(SDK_LOCATION)libraries/Simulator/Debug/PalmOS.lib"
+else
+	LDFLAGS += -Wl,-libpath -Wl,"$(SDK_LOCATION)libraries/ARM_4T/Release/Default"
+	SIM_LIBS += "$(SDK_LOCATION)libraries/Simulator/Release/PalmOS.lib" 
+endif
+
+LDOBJS = PalmOS.a SystemGlue.a FloatMgr.sa
+
+ifeq ($(TARGET_PLATFORM), Device)
+	NATIVE_OBJ_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+	RSC_OBJ_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+else
+	NATIVE_OBJ_DIR := $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)
+	RSC_OBJ_DIR := $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)
+endif
+
+# Librarian settings
+AR="$(TOOLS_DIR)palib"
+SIM_AR=ar
+
+ARFLAGS= -c -a
+SIM_ARFLAGS=-rc
+
+LINKER_OUTPUT := $(OBJ_DIR)/$(DATABASE_NAME).axf
+SIM_LINKER_OUTPUT := $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/$(DATABASE_NAME).dll
+
+TARGET	:= $(OBJ_DIR)/$(PRC_NAME)
+SIM_TARGET	:= $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/$(PRC_NAME)
+
+STATIC_LIB_TARGET := $(OBJ_DIR)/$(LIB_NAME)
+SIM_STATIC_LIB_TARGET	:= $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/$(SIM_LIB_NAME)
+
+###############################################################################
+# Resource flags (PalmRC)
+
+RFLAGS +=
+
+# Default text encoding is Latin
+ifeq ($(PRC_TEXT_ENCODING), )
+	PRC_TEXT_ENCODING = LATIN
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PRC_TEXT_ENCODING), LATIN)
+	RFLAGS += -target 4.0
+else
+ifeq ($(PRC_TEXT_ENCODING), JAPANESE)
+	RFLAGS += -target 4.0J
+else
+ifeq ($(PRC_TEXT_ENCODING), SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE)
+	RFLAGS += -target 4.0CS
+endif
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PRC_NO_LOCALE_CHECK), TRUE)
+	RFLAGS += -noLocaleCheck
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PRC_STRICT_LOCALE), TRUE)
+	RFLAGS += -strictLocale
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PRC_STRICT_ENCODING), TRUE)
+	RFLAGS += -strictTextEncoding
+endif
+
+ifdef PRC_OVERLAY_FILTER
+	RFLAGS += -overlayFilter $(PRC_OVERLAY_FILTER)
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PRC_NO_WARN_SIZE), TRUE)
+	RFLAGS += -noWarnSize
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PRC_QUIET), TRUE)
+	RFLAGS += -quiet
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PRCMERGE_QUIET), TRUE)
+	PRCFLAGS += -quiet
+endif
+
+###############################################################################
+
+# function for converting sources to object file names in one of output directories
+define SOURCE_LIST_TO_OBJS
+	$(addprefix $(OBJ_DIR)/, $(addsuffix .o, $(foreach file, $(SOURCES), \
+	$(basename $(notdir $(file))))))
+endef
+
+# function for converting sources to object file names in $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)
+define SOURCE_LIST_TO_SIM_OBJS
+	$(addprefix $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/, $(addsuffix .o, $(foreach file, $(SOURCES), \
+	$(basename $(notdir $(file))))))
+endef
+
+# function for converting resources into resource object files
+define RESOURCE_LIST_TO_OBJS
+	$(addprefix $(RSC_OBJ_DIR)/, $(addsuffix .trc, $(foreach file, $(RESOURCES), \
+	$(basename $(file)))))
+endef
+
+OBJS = $(SOURCE_LIST_TO_OBJS)
+SIM_OBJS = $(SOURCE_LIST_TO_SIM_OBJS)
+SOURCE_PATHS += $(sort $(foreach file, $(SOURCES), $(dir $(file))))
+RESOURCE_OBJS = $(RESOURCE_LIST_TO_OBJS)
+RESOURCE_PATHS += $(sort $(foreach file, $(RESOURCES), $(dir $(file))))
+SLD_BASENAME := $(addsuffix _Startup, $(basename $(notdir $(SLD_FILE))))
+SLD_OBJ := $(addprefix $(OBJ_DIR)/, $(addsuffix .o, $(SLD_BASENAME)))
+SLD_SIM_OBJ := $(addprefix $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/, $(addsuffix .o, $(SLD_BASENAME)))
+
+VPATH :=
+VPATH += $(addprefix :, $(subst  ,:, $(filter-out $($(subst, :, ,$(VPATH))), $(SOURCE_PATHS) $(RESOURCE_PATHS) )))
+
+SYSTEM_INCLUDES = $(SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATHS) -I "$(SDK_LOCATION)headers" -I "$(SDK_LOCATION)headers/posix"
+INCLUDES = $(LOCAL_INCLUDE_PATHS) $(foreach path, $(SOURCE_PATHS), $(addprefix -I, $(path))) $(SYSTEM_INCLUDES) $(PRE_INCLUDE_PATHS)
+CPP_INCLUDES = -I "$(TOOLS_DIR)include/stlport"
+
+SIM_SYSTEM_INCLUDES = $(SYSTEM_SIM_INCLUDE_PATHS) -I "$(SDK_LOCATION)headers" -I "$(SDK_LOCATION)headers/posix"
+SIM_INCLUDES = $(LOCAL_SIM_INCLUDE_PATHS) $(foreach path, $(SOURCE_PATHS), $(addprefix -I, $(path))) $(SIM_SYSTEM_INCLUDES) $(SIM_PRE_INCLUDE_PATHS)
+SIM_CPP_INCLUDES = -I "$(TOOLS_DIR)include/stlport"
+
+# Now add additional settings specified by user
+LDFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_LINK_LIBRARIES)
+LDFLAGS += $(foreach libpath, $(ADDITIONAL_LINK_LIBPATH), $(addprefix -libpath , $(libpath)))
+LDFLAGS += $(foreach option, $(ADDITIONAL_LINKER_FLAGS), $(addprefix -Wl$(comma), $(option)))
+CFLAGS += $(foreach define, $(DEFINES), $(addprefix -D, $(define)))
+CFLAGS += $(foreach define, $(UNDEFINES), $(addprefix -U, $(define)))
+CFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_COMPILER_FLAGS)
+
+SIM_LDFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_SIM_LINK_LIBRARIES)
+SIM_LDFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_SIM_LINKER_FLAGS)
+SIM_LDFLAGS += $(foreach libpath, $(ADDITIONAL_SIM_LINK_LIBPATH), $(addprefix -L, $(libpath)))
+SIM_CFLAGS += $(foreach define, $(SIM_DEFINES), $(addprefix -D, $(define)))
+SIM_CFLAGS += $(foreach define, $(SIM_UNDEFINES), $(addprefix -U, $(define)))
+SIM_CFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_SIM_COMPILER_FLAGS)
+
+# Specifyc additional archival flags (for static libraries)
+ARFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_AR_FLAGS)
+SIM_ARFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_SIM_AR_FLAGS)
+
+RFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_PRC_FLAGS)
+PRCFLAGS += $(ADDITIONAL_PRCMERGE_FLAGS)
+
+###############################################################################
+# Flags for PRC creation
+
+PRCFLAGS += -dbFlagExtendedDB -dbFlagExecutable
+
+PRCFLAGS += -dbVersion $(DATABASE_VERSION) $(DATABASE_PROTECT) $(DATABASE_HIDDEN) $(DATABASE_BACKUP) $(DATABASE_RESET) $(DATABASE_BUNDLE)
+
+
+###############################################################################
+# Flags for pslib
+
+PSLIB_DEV_FLAGS =
+PSLIB_SIM_FLAGS = -outSimgcc
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), slib)
+	PSLIB_DEV_FLAGS += -outEntryNums $(OBJ_DIR)/$(DATABASE_NAME)_Client.h -outObjStubs $(OBJ_DIR)/$(DATABASE_NAME)_Client.sa 
+	PSLIB_SIM_FLAGS += -outEntryNums $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/$(DATABASE_NAME)_Client.h -outSimStubs $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/$(DATABASE_NAME)_Client.slib
+endif
+
+
+
+###############################################################################
+# Project make target determination
+
+ifeq ($(TARGET_PLATFORM), Device)
+
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), )
+	PROJECT_TARGET = device
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), appl)
+	PROJECT_TARGET = device
+endif
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), slib)
+	PROJECT_TARGET = device_shared_lib
+endif
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), lib)
+	PROJECT_TARGET = device_static_lib
+endif
+
+else
+
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), )
+	PROJECT_TARGET = simulator
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), appl)
+	PROJECT_TARGET = simulator
+endif
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), slib)
+	PROJECT_TARGET = simulator_shared_lib
+endif
+ifeq ($(PROJECT_TYPE), lib)
+	PROJECT_TARGET = simulator_static_lib
+endif
+
+endif
+
+###############################################################################
+#	Eclipse requires an all target to get the work done
+
+all:  $(PROJECT_TARGET)
+
+#	This rule is only valid for projects created as application projects.
+#	Don't invoke this make target directly; instead change the value of
+#	TARGET_PLATFORM to Device in the main makefile
+device: $(OBJ_DIR) $(TARGET)
+
+#	This rule is only valid for projects created as application projects.
+#	Don't invoke this make target directly; instead change the value of
+#	TARGET_PLATFORM to Simulator in the main makefile
+simulator: $(SIM_OBJ_DIR) $(SIM_TARGET)
+
+#	This rule is only valid for projects created as shared library projects.
+#	Don't invoke this make target directly; instead change the value of
+#	TARGET_PLATFORM to Device in the main makefile
+device_shared_lib: $(OBJ_DIR) $(TARGET)
+
+#	This rule is only valid for projects created as shared library projects.
+#	Don't invoke this make target directly; instead change the value of
+#	TARGET_PLATFORM to Simulator in the main makefile
+simulator_shared_lib: $(SIM_OBJ_DIR) $(SIM_TARGET)
+
+#	This rule is only valid for projects created as static library projects.
+#	Don't invoke this make target directly; instead change the value of
+#	TARGET_PLATFORM to Device in the main makefile
+device_static_lib: $(OBJ_DIR) $(STATIC_LIB_TARGET)
+
+#	This rule is only valid for projects created as static library projects.
+#	Don't invoke this make target directly; instead change the value of
+#	TARGET_PLATFORM to Simulator in the main makefile
+simulator_static_lib: $(SIM_OBJ_DIR) $(SIM_STATIC_LIB_TARGET)
+
+
+# rule to create the object file directories if needed
+$(OBJ_DIR):
+	@[ -d $(OBJ_DIR) ] || mkdir $(OBJ_DIR) > /dev/null 2>&1
+
+$(SIM_OBJ_DIR):
+	@[ -d $(SIM_OBJ_DIR) ] || mkdir $(SIM_OBJ_DIR) > /dev/null 2>&1
+	
+# main C/C++ sources
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.c makefile
+	$(CC) -c $< $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.cpp makefile
+	$(CC) -c $< $(INCLUDES) $(CPP_INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.cp makefile
+	$(CC) -c $< $(INCLUDES) $(CPP_INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.cc makefile
+	$(CC) -c $< $(INCLUDES) $(CPP_INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.C makefile
+	$(CC) -c $< $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.CC makefile
+	$(CC) -c $< $(INCLUDES) $(CPP_INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.CPP makefile
+	$(CC) -c $< $(INCLUDES) $(CPP_INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) -o $@
+
+# Simulator C/C++ sources
+$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.c makefile
+	$(SIM_CC) -c $< $(SIM_INCLUDES) -std=c99 $(SIM_CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.cpp makefile
+	$(SIM_CC) -c $< $(SIM_INCLUDES) $(SIM_CPP_INCLUDES) -frtti $(SIM_CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.cp makefile
+	$(SIM_CC) -c $< $(SIM_INCLUDES) $(SIM_CPP_INCLUDES) -frtti $(SIM_CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.cc makefile
+	$(SIM_CC) -c $< $(SIM_INCLUDES) $(SIM_CPP_INCLUDES) -frtti $(SIM_CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.C makefile
+	$(SIM_CC) -c $< $(SIM_INCLUDES)  -std=c99 $(SIM_CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.CC makefile
+	$(SIM_CC) -c $< $(SIM_INCLUDES) $(SIM_CPP_INCLUDES) -frtti $(SIM_CFLAGS) -o $@
+$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/%.o : %.CPP makefile
+	$(SIM_CC) -c $< $(SIM_INCLUDES) $(SIM_CPP_INCLUDES) -frtti $(SIM_CFLAGS) -o $@
+
+
+# XRD source processing
+$(RSC_OBJ_DIR)/%.trc : %.xrd makefile
+	"$(TOOLS_DIR)PalmRC" -p $(TARGET_FORMAT) -makeDeps $(@D)/$(*F).deps $(RFLAGS) -locale $(LOCALE) "`cygpath -w -a ./$<`" -o $@
+$(RSC_OBJ_DIR)/%.trc : %.XRD makefile
+	"$(TOOLS_DIR)PalmRC" -p $(TARGET_FORMAT) -makeDeps $(@D)/$(*F).deps $(RFLAGS) -locale $(LOCALE) "`cygpath -w -a ./$<`" -o $@
+
+
+# Definition file source processing
+$(SLD_OBJ) : makefile
+	@echo "...Processing definition file for Device..."
+	"$(TOOLS_DIR)pslib" -inDef "$(SLD_FILE)" $(PSLIB_DEV_FLAGS) -outObjStartup $@ -type '$(DB_TYPE)' -creator '$(CREATOR_ID)' -execName $(DATABASE_NAME)
+	
+$(SLD_SIM_OBJ) : makefile
+	@echo "...Processing definition file for Simulator..."
+	"$(TOOLS_DIR)pslib" -inDef "$(SLD_FILE)" $(PSLIB_SIM_FLAGS) -outSimStartup $@ -outSimRsrc $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/acod0000.bin  -outSimDefs $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/gcc_link.def -type '$(DB_TYPE)' -creator '$(CREATOR_ID)' -execName $(DATABASE_NAME)
+
+# Linking step
+$(LINKER_OUTPUT) : $(OBJS)
+	@echo "...Linking for Device Target..."
+	$(LD) -o $(LINKER_OUTPUT) $(OBJS) $(SLD_OBJ) $(LDOBJS) $(LDFLAGS)
+
+$(SIM_LINKER_OUTPUT) : $(SIM_OBJS)
+	@echo "...Linking for Simulator Target..."
+	$(SIM_LD) --entry 0 -o $(SIM_LINKER_OUTPUT) $(SIM_OBJS) $(SLD_SIM_OBJ) $(SIM_LDFLAGS) $(SIM_LIBS)
+
+
+# Final target creation
+$(TARGET): $(SLD_OBJ) $(LINKER_OUTPUT) $(RESOURCE_OBJS) 
+	@echo "...Creating PRC for Device: $(TARGET)"
+	"$(TOOLS_DIR)pelf2bin" -format 6 -directory $(OBJ_DIR) -code acod -data adat -rsrc 0x0000 $(LINKER_OUTPUT)
+	"$(TOOLS_DIR)PRCMerge" -dbType '$(DB_TYPE)' -dbCreator '$(CREATOR_ID)' -dbName $(DATABASE_NAME) $(PRCFLAGS) -o $(TARGET) $(RESOURCE_OBJS) $(OBJ_DIR)/adat0000.bin $(OBJ_DIR)/acod0000.bin
+	@echo ...Done with Device build...
+	@echo 
+
+$(SIM_TARGET): $(SLD_SIM_OBJ) $(SIM_LINKER_OUTPUT) $(RESOURCE_OBJS)
+	@echo "...Creating PRC for Simulator: $(SIM_TARGET)"
+	cp -f "$(SDK_LOCATION)misctools/Resources/amdd_fake" $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/adat0000.bin
+	"$(TOOLS_DIR)PRCMerge" -dbType '$(DB_TYPE)' -dbCreator '$(CREATOR_ID)' -dbName $(DATABASE_NAME) $(PRCFLAGS) -o $(SIM_TARGET) $(RESOURCE_OBJS) $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/adat0000.bin $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/acod0000.bin
+	@echo ...Done with Simulator build...
+	@echo 
+
+$(STATIC_LIB_TARGET) : $(OBJS)
+	@echo "...Linking Static Library for Device Target..."
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $(STATIC_LIB_TARGET) $(OBJS) 
+
+$(SIM_STATIC_LIB_TARGET) : $(SIM_OBJS)
+	@echo "...Linking Static Library for Simulator Target..."
+	$(SIM_AR) $(SIM_ARFLAGS) $(SIM_STATIC_LIB_TARGET) $(SIM_OBJS) 
+
+
+FORCE:
+
+# Eclipse requires a clean command
+clean :: FORCE
+	-rm -rf $(NATIVE_OBJ_DIR)/*
+
+
+printvars :: FORCE
+	@echo "SDK_LOCATION"
+	@echo $(SDK_LOCATION)
+	@echo "CFLAGS"
+	@echo $(CFLAGS)
+	@echo "SIM_CFLAGS"
+	@echo $(SIM_CFLAGS)
+	@echo "LDFLAGS"
+	@echo $(LDFLAGS)
+	@echo "SIM_LDFLAGS"
+	@echo $(SIM_LDFLAGS)
+	@echo "OBJS"
+	@echo $(OBJS)
+	@echo "SIM_OBJS"
+	@echo $(SIM_OBJS)
+	@echo "SLD_OBJ"
+	@echo $(SLD_OBJ)
+	@echo "SLD_SIM_OBJ"
+	@echo $(SLD_SIM_OBJ)
+	@echo "TARGET"
+	@echo $(TARGET)
+	@echo "SIM_TARGET"
+	@echo $(SIM_TARGET)
+	@echo "SOURCE_PATHS"
+	@echo $(SOURCE_PATHS)
+	@echo "RESOURCE_OBJS"
+	@echo $(RESOURCE_OBJS)
+	@echo "RESOURCE_PATHS"
+	@echo $(RESOURCE_PATHS)
+	@echo "OBJ_DIR"
+	@echo $(OBJ_DIR)
+	@echo "SIM_OBJ_DIR"
+	@echo $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)
+	@echo "RSC_OBJ_DIR"
+	@echo $(RSC_OBJ_DIR)
+	@echo "LINKER_OUTPUT"
+	@echo $(LINKER_OUTPUT)
+	@echo "SIM_LINKER_OUTPUT"
+	@echo $(SIM_LINKER_OUTPUT)
+	@echo "SIM_GCC_SLIBS"
+	@echo $(SIM_GCC_SLIBS)
+	@echo "SIM_GCC_SLIB_PATHS"
+	@echo $(SIM_GCC_SLIB_PATHS)
+	@echo "VPATH"
+	@echo $(VPATH)
+
+
+#
+# dependency generation
+# Generate dependencies with depend target "make depend"
+#
+
+DEPFLAG = -MM
+
+#
+# Adds $(SIM_OBJ_DIR) to target .o file
+# ...Search for string starting at the beginning of the line [^]
+# ...that contain anything followed by .o [.*\.o]
+# ...and remember that string [\(...\)]
+# ...replace that string with $(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/<tagged string> [$$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/\1]
+# ($ is doubled so that make doesn't interpret the variable syntax)
+#
+SOURCE_SEDSCRIPT = sed -e's%^\(.*\.o\)%$$(OBJ_DIR)/\1%'
+SOURCE_SIM_SEDSCRIPT = sed -e's%^\(.*\.o\)%$$(SIM_OBJ_DIR)/\1%'
+
+# Command adds $(RSC_OBJ_DIR) and converts .xrd to .trc
+RESOURCE_TARGET_SEDSCRIPT = sed -e';s%^\(.*\).xrd%$$(RSC_OBJ_DIR)/\1.trc%'
+
+# Command to escape spaces in a path
+ESCAPE_SPACES_SEDSCRIPT = sed 's/ /\\\ /g'
+
+# Take out all newlines (and/or returns) and replace with spaces
+# ...putting all dependencies on the same line
+RESOURCE_PREREQ_SEDSCRIPT = tr '\r\n' ' '
+
+depend :: FORCE
+	@echo "" > .dependencies
+	@$(SIM_CC) $(SIM_INCLUDES) $(SIM_CFLAGS) $(DEPFLAG) $(SOURCES) | $(SOURCE_SIM_SEDSCRIPT) >> .dependencies
+	@$(SIM_CC) $(SIM_INCLUDES) $(SIM_CFLAGS) $(DEPFLAG) $(SOURCES) | $(SOURCE_SEDSCRIPT) >> .dependencies
+	@for i in $(RESOURCES); do \
+		echo "$$i: \\" | $(RESOURCE_TARGET_SEDSCRIPT) >> .resdependencies; \
+		"$(TOOLS_DIR)PalmRC" -p $(TARGET_FORMAT) $(RFLAGS) -locale $(LOCALE) -makedeps $$i.tmp "`cygpath -w -a ./$$i`"; \
+		cygpath -m -f $$i.tmp | $(ESCAPE_SPACES_SEDSCRIPT) >> $$i.deps; \
+		rm -rf $$i.tmp; \
+		cat $$i.deps | $(RESOURCE_PREREQ_SEDSCRIPT) >> .resdependencies; \
+		echo "" >> .resdependencies; \
+		rm -rf $$i.deps; \
+		cat .resdependencies >> .dependencies; \
+		rm -rf .resdependencies; \
+	done
+
+
+cleandepend :: FORCE
+	-rm -f .dependencies
+
+-include .dependencies

docs/palmos/readme.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+wxWidgets 2.5.3 CVS 10-18-2004
+------------------------------
+
+This is a Palm OS 6 port of the wxWidgets toolkit.  Included in the source 
+package is the complete source necessary to build the Palm OS port using the 
+Palm OS Developer Studio.  Also included is the diff showing the changes that 
+need to be incorporated into the wxWidgets 2.5.3 CVS source tree before the 
+Palm OS port can be integrated.
+
+I am releasing this port to the wxWidgets team under the terms of the wxWindows 
+license.  A copy of the wxWindows license is included in the source package.
+
+No third party libraries or code were used in making this port.  The port consists 
+entirely of code I personally wrote combined with code that was included in the 
+wxWidgets 2.5.3 CSV source tree.  Whenever possible, I have used the Palm OS 6 API, 
+in places where the API was not practical to use, I wrote my own functions.
+
+I am submitting this source package as an entry in the wxWidgets Palm OS 6 port 
+challenge.  Details on this challenge are available at http://www.wxwindows.org/palmos.htm
+
+Please note that this port is in a very early state.  Currently the port 
+provides limited functionality for the wxFrame, wxMenu, wxStatusBar, 
+wxTopLevelWindow, and wxWindow classes.  The other classes in the wxWidgets 
+toolkit still need to be ported.  In it's current state, the Palm OS 6 port 
+is capable of running the minimal wxWidgets sample
+
+The easiest way to see the port in action is to build the source package with 
+the Palm OS Developer Studio available at http://www.palmos.com/dev/dl/dl_tools/dl_pods/  
+Here are the steps that you need to follow to build the package:
+
+1) Unpack the ZIP file into a directory located within the Palm OS Developer 
+   Studio workspace directory.  The path to the folder should look something 
+   like this: "C:\Program Files\PalmSource\Palm OS Developer Suite\workspace\wxWidgets"
+
+2) Open Palm OS Developer Studio and click on File->Import.
+
+3) Select "Existing Project into Workspace" as the import source and click Next.
+
+4) On the next screen click the Browse button next to Project contents and select
+   the folder you unpacked the source package into.  Click on Finish to continue.
+
+5) You should now see the project listed in the Project pane on the right side of the 
+   window.  Click on the name of the project.  Now click on the Project menu and select
+   "Rebuild Project"
+
+6) After the build is complete, click on the Run menu and select ""  The Palm OS 6 simulator
+   should start.  If this is the first time you have used the simulator, you will be prompted  
+   to choose a ROM file.  You can find the ROM files in a folder like "C:\Program 
+   Files\PalmSource\Palm OS Developer Suite\sdk-6\tools\Simulator\6.0.1\ROM"  It doesn't 
+   really matter whether you choose a Release or a Debug ROM (the debug ROM generates extra 
+   reports when an application crashes.)
+
+7) You should see the Palm logo appear in the simulator window.  You may get a dialog box 
+   asking you to choose a language.  Click OK to continue.  You should see the simulator 
+   initialize the built-in Palm applications.  After a few moments, the wxWidgets minimal 
+   sample should start.  Have fun!
+
+Since this source package was based on the wxWidgets 2.5.3 CVS source tree dated October 18, 
+2004 I don't anticipate any problems with merging the sources into the 2.5.3 source tree.
+
+If you have any questions or comments about the port, please feel free to send an email to 
+the wxWidgets developer list or directly to me at wbo@freeshell.org
+
+Enjoy!
+William Osborne
+wbo@freeshell.org

include/wx/app.h

@@ -561,7 +561,9 @@ protected:
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #if wxUSE_GUI
-    #if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #if defined(__PALMOS__)
+        #include "wx/palmos/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
         #include "wx/msw/app.h"
     #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
         #include "wx/motif/app.h"

include/wx/apptrait.h

@@ -134,7 +134,9 @@ public:
 
 // NB: test for __UNIX__ before __WXMAC__ as under Darwin we want to use the
 //     Unix code (and otherwise __UNIX__ wouldn't be defined)
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/apptbase.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/apptbase.h"
 #elif defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__EMX__)
     #include "wx/unix/apptbase.h"
@@ -217,7 +219,9 @@ public:
 // include the platform-specific version of the classes above
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/apptrait.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/apptrait.h"
 #elif defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__EMX__)
     #include "wx/unix/apptrait.h"

include/wx/bitmap.h

@@ -163,7 +163,9 @@ protected:
 };
 #endif
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/bitmap.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/bitmap.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 #include "wx/x11/bitmap.h"

include/wx/brush.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/brush.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/brush.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
     #include "wx/x11/brush.h"

include/wx/chkconf.h

@@ -15,7 +15,9 @@
    Compiler-specific checking.
  */
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#  include "wx/palmos/chkconf.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #  include "wx/msw/chkconf.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
 #  include "wx/mac/chkconf.h"

include/wx/colour.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/colour.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/colour.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 #include "wx/motif/colour.h"

include/wx/control.h

@@ -100,6 +100,8 @@ protected:
 
 #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     #include "wx/univ/control.h"
+#elif defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/control.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/control.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)

include/wx/cursor.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/cursor.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/cursor.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 #include "wx/motif/cursor.h"

include/wx/dc.h

@@ -786,7 +786,9 @@ private:
 // now include the declaration of wxDC class
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/dc.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/dc.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
     #include "wx/motif/dc.h"

include/wx/dcclient.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/dcclient.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/dcclient.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 #include "wx/motif/dcclient.h"

include/wx/dcmemory.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/dcmemory.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/dcmemory.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 #include "wx/motif/dcmemory.h"

include/wx/dcprint.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/dcprint.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/dcprint.h"
 #endif
 #if defined(__WXPM__)

include/wx/dcscreen.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/dcscreen.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/dcscreen.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 #include "wx/motif/dcscreen.h"

include/wx/dialog.h

@@ -71,7 +71,9 @@ protected:
 #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
     #include "wx/univ/dialog.h"
 #else
-    #if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #if defined(__PALMOS__)
+        #include "wx/palmos/dialog.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
         #include "wx/msw/dialog.h"
     #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
         #include "wx/motif/dialog.h"

include/wx/encinfo.h

@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
 struct WXDLLEXPORT wxNativeEncodingInfo
 {
     wxString facename;          // may be empty meaning "any"
+#ifndef __PALMOS__
     wxFontEncoding encoding;    // so that we know what this struct represents
 
 #if defined(__WXMSW__) || \
@@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ struct WXDLLEXPORT wxNativeEncodingInfo
 #else
     #error "Unsupported toolkit"
 #endif
-
+#endif
     // this struct is saved in config by wxFontMapper, so it should know to
     // serialise itself (implemented in platform-specific code)
     bool FromString(const wxString& s);

include/wx/evtloop.h

@@ -72,7 +72,9 @@ protected:
 // can sometimes be very useful (e.g. under MSW this is necessary for
 // integration with MFC) but currently this is done for MSW only, other ports
 // should follow a.s.a.p.
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/evtloop.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/evtloop.h"
 #else
 

include/wx/filefn.h

@@ -174,7 +174,9 @@ enum wxSeekMode
 
     // detect compilers which have support for huge files (currently only
     // Digital Mars doesn't)
+    #ifndef __PALMOS__
     #include "wx/msw/private.h"
+    #endif
 
     #undef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
     #if defined(__MINGW32__)
@@ -300,7 +302,7 @@ enum wxSeekMode
     #endif
 
     // constants (unless already defined by the user code)
-    #if !defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
+    #if !defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__) && !defined(__PALMOS__)
         #ifndef O_RDONLY
             #define   O_RDONLY    _O_RDONLY
             #define   O_WRONLY    _O_WRONLY

include/wx/font.h

@@ -231,7 +231,9 @@ private:
 };
 
 // include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/font.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/font.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
     #include "wx/motif/font.h"

include/wx/fontutil.h

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 
 #include "wx/font.h"        // for wxFont and wxFontEncoding
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__PALMOS__)
     #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
 
     // set the XFLD
     void SetXFontName(const wxString& xFontName);
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__PALMOS__)
     LOGFONT      lf;
 #elif defined(__WXPM__)
     // OS/2 native structures that define a font

include/wx/frame.h

@@ -250,7 +250,9 @@ protected:
 #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) // && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
     #include "wx/univ/frame.h"
 #else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
-    #if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #if defined(__PALMOS__)
+        #include "wx/palmos/frame.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
         #include "wx/msw/frame.h"
     #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
         #include "wx/gtk/frame.h"

include/wx/gdiobj.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/gdiobj.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/gdiobj.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 #include "wx/motif/gdiobj.h"

include/wx/help.h

@@ -9,6 +9,10 @@
     #include "wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h"
 
     #define wxHelpController wxWinceHelpController
+#elif defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/help.h"
+
+    #define wxHelpController wxPalmHelpController
 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/helpwin.h"
 

include/wx/icon.h

@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@
 
 #include "wx/iconloc.h"
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+  #include "wx/palmos/icon.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
   #include "wx/msw/icon.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
   #include "wx/motif/icon.h"

include/wx/menu.h

@@ -498,6 +498,8 @@ protected:
 #else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
 #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     #include "wx/univ/menu.h"
+#elif defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/menu.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/menu.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)

include/wx/menuitem.h

@@ -155,6 +155,8 @@ private:
 #else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
 #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     #include "wx/univ/menuitem.h"
+#elif defined(__PALMOS__)
+    #include "wx/palmos/menuitem.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/menuitem.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)

include/wx/metafile.h

@@ -21,7 +21,11 @@
 
 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
     #if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
+        #if defined(__PALMOS__)
+            #include "wx/palmos/enhmeta.h"
+        #else
         #include "wx/msw/enhmeta.h"
+        #endif
 
         // map all metafile classes to enh metafile
         #if !wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS
@@ -34,8 +38,12 @@
             #define wxMETAFILE_IS_ENH
         #endif // wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS
     #else // !wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
+        #if defined(__PALMOS__)
+            #include "wx/palmos/metafile.h"
+        #else
         #include "wx/msw/metafile.h"
     #endif
+    #endif
 #elif defined(__WXPM__)
     #include "wx/os2/metafile.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMAC__)

include/wx/minifram.h

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_MINIFRAMH_BASE_
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+#if defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/minifram.h"
+#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/minifram.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 #include "wx/motif/minifram.h"

include/wx/msgdlg.h

@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@
 
 #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || defined(__WXGPE__)
 #include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
+#elif defined(__PALMOS__)
+#include "wx/palmos/msgdlg.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 #include "wx/msw/msgdlg.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)

include/wx/palmos/AppResources.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+//	Header generated by Constructor for Palm OS (R) 1.9
+//
+//	Generated at 3:29:52 PM on Tuesday, June 24, 2003
+//
+//	Generated for file: BasicApp.xrd
+//
+//	THIS IS AN AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED HEADER FILE
+//	DO NOT EDIT - CHANGES MADE TO THIS FILE WILL BE LOST
+//
+//	Palm App Name:   		"BasicApp"
+//
+//	Palm App Version:		"1.0a1"
+
+
+//	Resource: tFRM 1000
+#define MainForm                                  1000	//(Left Origin = 0, Top Origin = 0, Width = 160, Height = 160, Usable = 1, Modal = 0, Save Behind = 0, Help ID = 0, Menu Bar ID = 1000, Default Button ID = 0)
+#define MainContentLabel                          1603	//(Left Origin = 32, Top Origin = 50, Usable = 1, Font = Bold)
+#define MainForm2Button                           1001	//(Left Origin = 1, Top Origin = 147, Width = 39, Height = 12, Usable = 1, Anchor Left = 1, Frame = 1, Non-bold Frame = 1, Font = Standard)
+#define MainDialogButton                          1002	//(Left Origin = 46, Top Origin = 147, Width = 39, Height = 12, Usable = 1, Anchor Left = 1, Frame = 1, Non-bold Frame = 1, Font = Standard)
+
+//	Resource: tFRM 1200
+#define DialogForm                                1200	//(Left Origin = 2, Top Origin = 58, Width = 156, Height = 100, Usable = 1, Modal = 1, Save Behind = 1, Help ID = 1200, Menu Bar ID = 0, Default Button ID = 1202)
+#define DialogOKButton                            1201	//(Left Origin = 5, Top Origin = 83, Width = 36, Height = 12, Usable = 1, Anchor Left = 1, Frame = 1, Non-bold Frame = 1, Font = Standard)
+#define DialogCancelButton                        1202	//(Left Origin = 47, Top Origin = 83, Width = 36, Height = 12, Usable = 1, Anchor Left = 1, Frame = 1, Non-bold Frame = 1, Font = Standard)
+#define DialogContentLabel                        1203	//(Left Origin = 10, Top Origin = 23, Usable = 1, Font = Bold)
+
+//	Resource: tFRM 1300
+#define Form2Form                                 1300	//(Left Origin = 0, Top Origin = 0, Width = 160, Height = 160, Usable = 1, Modal = 0, Save Behind = 0, Help ID = 0, Menu Bar ID = 0, Default Button ID = 0)
+#define Form2DoneButton                           1301	//(Left Origin = 1, Top Origin = 147, Width = 36, Height = 12, Usable = 1, Anchor Left = 1, Frame = 1, Non-bold Frame = 1, Font = Standard)
+
+//	Resource: tFRM 2000
+#define AboutForm                                 2000	//(Left Origin = 2, Top Origin = 2, Width = 156, Height = 156, Usable = 1, Modal = 1, Save Behind = 1, Help ID = 0, Menu Bar ID = 0, Default Button ID = 0)
+#define AboutTitleLabel                           2002	//(Left Origin = 54, Top Origin = 25, Usable = 1, Font = Bold 12)
+#define AboutText1Label                           2003	//(Left Origin = 23, Top Origin = 54, Usable = 1, Font = Standard)
+#define AboutText2Label                           2004	//(Left Origin = 50, Top Origin = 104, Usable = 1, Font = Bold)
+#define AboutOKButton                             2005	//(Left Origin = 58, Top Origin = 139, Width = 40, Height = 12, Usable = 1, Anchor Left = 1, Frame = 1, Non-bold Frame = 1, Font = Standard)
+
+
+//	Resource: MBAR 1000
+#define MainFormMenuBar                           1000
+
+
+//	Resource: MENU 1000
+#define MainOptionsMenu                           1000
+#define MainOptionsAboutBasicApp                  1000
+
+
+//	Resource: tSTR 1200
+#define HelpID1200String                          1200	// "Placeholder text for the modal dialog Tips button."
+
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1000
+#define Largeicon1bitBitmap                       1000
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1001
+#define Largeicon2bitBitmap                       1001
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1002
+#define Largeicon8bitBitmap                       1002
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1003
+#define LargeiconX21bitBitmap                     1003
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1004
+#define LargeiconX22bitBitmap                     1004
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1005
+#define LargeiconX28bitBitmap                     1005
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1006
+#define Smallicon1bitBitmap                       1006
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1007
+#define Smallicon2bitBitmap                       1007
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1008
+#define Smallicon8bitBitmap                       1008
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1009
+#define SmalliconX21bitBitmap                     1009
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1010
+#define SmalliconX22bitBitmap                     1010
+
+//	Resource: PICT 1011
+#define SmalliconX28bitBitmap                     1011
+
+
+//	Resource: taif 1000
+#define Largeicons12and8bitsAppIconFamily         1000
+
+//	Resource: taif 1001
+#define Smallicons12and8bitsAppIconFamily         1001
+

include/wx/palmos/Version.xrd

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
+
+<PALMOS_RESOURCE_FILE>
+
+	<APP_VERSION_RESOURCE RESOURCE_ID="1000">
+		<TEXT> "1.0" </TEXT>
+	</APP_VERSION_RESOURCE>
+
+</PALMOS_RESOURCE_FILE>

include/wx/palmos/accel.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/accel.h
+// Purpose:     wxAcceleratorTable class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_
+#define _WX_ACCEL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "accel.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// the accel table has all accelerators for a given window or menu
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    // default ctor
+    wxAcceleratorTable();
+
+    // copy ctor
+    wxAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) { Ref(accel); }
+
+    // load from .rc resource (Windows specific)
+    wxAcceleratorTable(const wxString& resource);
+
+    // initialize from array
+    wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]);
+
+    virtual ~wxAcceleratorTable();
+
+    wxAcceleratorTable& operator = (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) { if ( *this != accel ) Ref(accel); return *this; }
+    bool operator==(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) const
+        { return m_refData == accel.m_refData; } // FIXME: this is wrong (VZ)
+    bool operator!=(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) const
+        { return !(*this == accel); }
+
+    bool Ok() const;
+    void SetHACCEL(WXHACCEL hAccel);
+    WXHACCEL GetHACCEL() const;
+
+    // translate the accelerator, return TRUE if done
+    bool Translate(wxWindow *window, WXMSG *msg) const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_ACCEL_H_

include/wx/palmos/app.h

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        app.h
+// Purpose:     wxApp class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/17/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_APP_H_
+#define _WX_APP_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "app.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/event.h"
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrame;
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow;
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxApp;
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxKeyEvent;
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLog;
+
+// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare
+// a new App object to start application
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp : public wxAppBase
+{
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp)
+
+public:
+    wxApp();
+    virtual ~wxApp();
+
+    // override base class (pure) virtuals
+    virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
+    virtual void CleanUp();
+
+    virtual bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = false);
+    virtual void WakeUpIdle();
+
+    virtual void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; }
+    virtual int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
+
+    // implementation only
+    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
+    void OnEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
+    void OnQueryEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
+
+#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
+    virtual bool OnExceptionInMainLoop();
+#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
+
+    // deprecated functions, use wxEventLoop directly instead
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
+    wxDEPRECATED( void DoMessage(WXMSG *pMsg) );
+    wxDEPRECATED( bool DoMessage() );
+    wxDEPRECATED( bool ProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) );
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
+
+protected:
+    int    m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT
+
+public:
+    // Implementation
+    static bool RegisterWindowClasses();
+    static bool UnregisterWindowClasses();
+
+#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT
+    // initialize the richedit DLL of (at least) given version, return true if
+    // ok (Win95 has version 1, Win98/NT4 has 1 and 2, W2K has 3)
+    static bool InitRichEdit(int version = 2);
+#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT
+
+    // returns 400, 470, 471 for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if it
+    // wasn't found at all
+    static int GetComCtl32Version();
+
+    // the SW_XXX value to be used for the frames opened by the application
+    // (currently seems unused which is a bug -- TODO)
+    static int m_nCmdShow;
+
+protected:
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxApp)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Palm OS specific wxEntry() overload and IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN definition
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef SW_SHOWNORMAL
+    #define SW_SHOWNORMAL 1
+#endif
+
+extern int WXDLLEXPORT
+wxEntry();
+
+#include <PalmOS.h>
+#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN                                              \
+    uint32_t PilotMain(uint16_t cmd, MemPtr cmdPBP, uint16_t launchFlags) \
+    {                                                                     \
+        switch (cmd) {                                                    \
+            case sysAppLaunchCmdNormalLaunch:                             \
+                wxEntry();                                                \
+                break;                                                    \
+            default:                                                      \
+                break;                                                    \
+        }                                                                 \
+        return errNone;                                                   \
+    }
+    
+#endif // _WX_APP_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/apptbase.h

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/apptbase.h
+// Purpose:     declaration of wxAppTraits for Palm OS
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALMOS_APPTBASE_H_
+#define _WX_PALMOS_APPTBASE_H_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxAppTraits: the MSW version adds extra hooks needed by MSW-only code
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
+{
+public:
+    // wxExecute() support methods
+    // ---------------------------
+
+    // called before starting to wait for the child termination, may return
+    // some opaque data which will be passed later to AfterChildWaitLoop()
+    virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop() = 0;
+
+    // process pending Windows messages, even in console app
+    virtual void AlwaysYield() = 0;
+
+    // called after starting to wait for the child termination, the parameter
+    // is the return value of BeforeChildWaitLoop()
+    virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data) = 0;
+
+
+    // wxThread helpers
+    // ----------------
+
+    // process a message while waiting for a(nother) thread, should return
+    // false if and only if we have to exit the application
+    virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait() = 0;
+
+    // other miscellaneous helpers
+    // ---------------------------
+
+    // under MSW this function returns same version for both console and GUI
+    // applications so we can implement it directly in the base class and only
+    // override it wxGUIAppTraits to fill in toolkit information
+    virtual wxToolkitInfo& GetToolkitInfo();
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_PALMOS_APPTBASE_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/apptrait.h

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/apptrait.h
+// Purpose:     class implementing wxAppTraits for Palm OS
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_
+#define _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGUI/ConsoleAppTraits: must derive from wxAppTraits, not wxAppTraitsBase
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
+{
+public:
+    virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop();
+    virtual void AlwaysYield();
+    virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data);
+
+    virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait();
+};
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
+{
+public:
+    virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop();
+    virtual void AlwaysYield();
+    virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data);
+
+    virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait();
+    virtual wxToolkitInfo& GetToolkitInfo();
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+#endif // _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/bitmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/bitmap.h
+// Purpose:     wxBitmap class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_
+#define _WX_BITMAP_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "bitmap.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/palmos/gdiimage.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+#include "wx/palette.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapRefData;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
+#if wxUSE_WXDIB
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDIB;
+#endif
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPixelDataBase;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxBitmap: a mono or colour bitmap
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap : public wxGDIImage
+{
+public:
+    // default ctor creates an invalid bitmap, you must Create() it later
+    wxBitmap() { Init(); }
+
+    // Copy constructors
+    wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { Init(); Ref(bitmap); }
+
+    // Initialize with raw data
+    wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+
+    // Initialize with XPM data
+    wxBitmap(const char **data) { CreateFromXpm(data); }
+    wxBitmap(char **data) { CreateFromXpm((const char **)data); }
+
+    // Load a file or resource
+    wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE);
+
+    // New constructor for generalised creation from data
+    wxBitmap(void *data, long type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+
+    // Create a new, uninitialized bitmap of the given size and depth (if it
+    // is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display)
+    //
+    // NB: this ctor will create a DIB for 24 and 32bpp bitmaps, use ctor
+    //     taking a DC argument if you want to force using DDB in this case
+    wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
+
+    // Create a bitmap compatible with the given DC
+    wxBitmap(int width, int height, const wxDC& dc);
+
+#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_WXDIB
+    // Convert from wxImage
+    wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1)
+        { (void)CreateFromImage(image, depth); }
+
+    // Create a DDB compatible with the given DC from wxImage
+    wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, const wxDC& dc)
+        { (void)CreateFromImage(image, dc); }
+#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
+
+    // we must have this, otherwise icons are silently copied into bitmaps using
+    // the copy ctor but the resulting bitmap is invalid!
+    wxBitmap(const wxIcon& icon) { Init(); CopyFromIcon(icon); }
+
+    wxBitmap& operator=(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
+    {
+        if ( m_refData != bitmap.m_refData )
+            Ref(bitmap);
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    wxBitmap& operator=(const wxIcon& icon)
+    {
+        (void)CopyFromIcon(icon);
+
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    wxBitmap& operator=(const wxCursor& cursor)
+    {
+        (void)CopyFromCursor(cursor);
+
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    virtual ~wxBitmap();
+
+#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_WXDIB
+    wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
+#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
+
+    // get the given part of bitmap
+    wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const;
+
+    // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
+    bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
+
+    // copies the contents and mask of the given cursor to the bitmap
+    bool CopyFromCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
+
+#if wxUSE_WXDIB
+    // copies from a device independent bitmap
+    bool CopyFromDIB(const wxDIB& dib);
+#endif
+
+    virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
+    virtual bool Create(int width, int height, const wxDC& dc);
+    virtual bool Create(void *data, long type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE);
+    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL);
+
+    wxBitmapRefData *GetBitmapData() const
+        { return (wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData; }
+
+    // raw bitmap access support functions
+    void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp);
+    void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data);
+
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    wxPalette* GetPalette() const;
+    void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+    wxMask *GetMask() const;
+    void SetMask(wxMask *mask);
+
+    bool operator==(const wxBitmap& bitmap) const { return m_refData == bitmap.m_refData; }
+    bool operator!=(const wxBitmap& bitmap) const { return m_refData != bitmap.m_refData; }
+
+    // these functions are internal and shouldn't be used, they risk to
+    // disappear in the future
+    bool HasAlpha() const;
+    void UseAlpha();
+
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
+    // these functions do nothing and are only there for backwards
+    // compatibility
+    wxDEPRECATED( int GetQuality() const );
+    wxDEPRECATED( void SetQuality(int quality) );
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    // -------------------------------
+
+public:
+    void SetHBITMAP(WXHBITMAP bmp) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)bmp); }
+    WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const { return (WXHBITMAP)GetHandle(); }
+
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+    void SetSelectedInto(wxDC *dc);
+    wxDC *GetSelectedInto() const;
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+
+protected:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const;
+
+    // creates the bitmap from XPM data, supposed to be called from ctor
+    bool CreateFromXpm(const char **bits);
+
+    // creates an uninitialized bitmap, called from Create()s above
+    bool DoCreate(int w, int h, int depth, WXHDC hdc);
+
+#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_WXDIB
+    // creates the bitmap from wxImage, supposed to be called from ctor
+    bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth);
+
+    // creates a DDB from wxImage, supposed to be called from ctor
+    bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, const wxDC& dc);
+
+    // common part of the 2 methods above (hdc may be 0)
+    bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth, WXHDC hdc);
+#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
+
+private:
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+    // common part of CopyFromIcon/CopyFromCursor for Win32
+    bool CopyFromIconOrCursor(const wxGDIImage& icon);
+#endif // __WIN32__
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMask: a mono bitmap used for drawing bitmaps transparently.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxMask();
+
+    // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating the transparent
+    // area
+    wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
+
+    // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating the
+    // transparent area
+    wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
+
+    // Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap).
+    wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+    // construct a mask from the givne bitmap handle
+    wxMask(WXHBITMAP hbmp) { m_maskBitmap = hbmp; }
+
+    virtual ~wxMask();
+
+    bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
+    bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
+    bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+    // Implementation
+    WXHBITMAP GetMaskBitmap() const { return m_maskBitmap; }
+    void SetMaskBitmap(WXHBITMAP bmp) { m_maskBitmap = bmp; }
+
+protected:
+    WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxBitmapHandler is a class which knows how to load/save bitmaps to/from file
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler : public wxGDIImageHandler
+{
+public:
+    wxBitmapHandler() { m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; }
+    wxBitmapHandler(const wxString& name, const wxString& ext, long type)
+        : wxGDIImageHandler(name, ext, type)
+    {
+    }
+
+    // keep wxBitmapHandler derived from wxGDIImageHandler compatible with the
+    // old class which worked only with bitmaps
+    virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap,
+                        void *data,
+                        long flags,
+                        int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+    virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap,
+                          const wxString& name,
+                          long flags,
+                          int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
+    virtual bool SaveFile(wxBitmap *bitmap,
+                          const wxString& name,
+                          int type,
+                          const wxPalette *palette = NULL);
+
+    virtual bool Create(wxGDIImage *image,
+                        void *data,
+                        long flags,
+                        int width, int height, int depth = 1);
+    virtual bool Load(wxGDIImage *image,
+                      const wxString& name,
+                      long flags,
+                      int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
+    virtual bool Save(wxGDIImage *image,
+                      const wxString& name,
+                      int type);
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler)
+};
+
+#endif
+  // _WX_BITMAP_H_

include/wx/palmos/bmpbuttn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        bmpbuttn.h
+// Purpose:     wxBitmapButton class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
+#define _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "bmpbuttn.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/button.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+#define wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN 4
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButton: public wxBitmapButtonBase
+{
+public:
+    wxBitmapButton()
+        { m_marginX = m_marginY = wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN; }
+    wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent,
+                   wxWindowID id,
+                   const wxBitmap& bitmap,
+                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                   long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
+                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                   const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxBitmap& bitmap,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
+
+    // Implementation
+    virtual void SetDefault();
+    virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
+    virtual void DrawFace( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
+    virtual void DrawButtonFocus( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
+    virtual void DrawButtonDisable( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool with_marg );
+
+protected:
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+    
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxBitmapButton)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_

include/wx/palmos/brush.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/brush.h
+// Purpose:     wxBrush class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_
+#define _WX_BRUSH_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "brush.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxBrush
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush : public wxGDIObject
+{
+public:
+    wxBrush();
+    wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style = wxSOLID);
+    wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple);
+    wxBrush(const wxBrush& brush) { Ref(brush); }
+    virtual ~wxBrush();
+
+    virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col);
+    virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b);
+    virtual void SetStyle(int style);
+    virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple);
+
+    wxBrush& operator=(const wxBrush& brush);
+    bool operator==(const wxBrush& brush) const;
+    bool operator!=(const wxBrush& brush) const { return !(*this == brush); }
+
+    wxColour GetColour() const;
+    int GetStyle() const;
+    wxBitmap *GetStipple() const;
+
+    bool Ok() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
+
+    // return the HBRUSH for this brush
+    virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const;
+
+protected:
+    virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const;
+    virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_BRUSH_H_

include/wx/palmos/button.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/button.h
+// Purpose:     wxButton class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_
+#define _WX_BUTTON_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "button.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Pushbutton
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton : public wxButtonBase
+{
+public:
+    wxButton() { }
+    wxButton(wxWindow *parent,
+             wxWindowID id,
+             const wxString& label,
+             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+             long style = 0,
+             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+             const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString& label,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
+
+    virtual ~wxButton();
+
+    virtual void SetDefault();
+
+    // implementation from now on
+    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
+
+    virtual void ApplyParentThemeBackground(const wxColour& bg)
+    {
+        // avoide switching into owner-drawn mode
+        wxControl::SetBackgroundColour(bg);
+    }
+    
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+    // coloured buttons support
+    virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour &colour);
+    virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour &colour);
+
+    virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
+
+private:
+    void MakeOwnerDrawn();
+#endif // __WIN32__
+
+protected:
+    // send a notification event, return TRUE if processed
+    bool SendClickEvent();
+
+    // default button handling
+    void SetTmpDefault();
+    void UnsetTmpDefault();
+
+    // set or unset BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON style
+    static void SetDefaultStyle(wxButton *btn, bool on);
+
+    // usually overridden base class virtuals
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const ;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxButton)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_BUTTON_H_

include/wx/palmos/caret.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        palmos/caret.h
+// Purpose:     wxCaret class - the Palm OS implementation of wxCaret
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_
+#define _WX_CARET_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "caret.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaret : public wxCaretBase
+{
+public:
+    wxCaret() { Init(); }
+        // create the caret of given (in pixels) width and height and associate
+        // with the given window
+    wxCaret(wxWindow *window, int width, int height)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        (void)Create(window, width, height);
+    }
+        // same as above
+    wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        (void)Create(window, size);
+    }
+
+    // process wxWindow notifications
+    virtual void OnSetFocus();
+    virtual void OnKillFocus();
+
+protected:
+    void Init()
+    {
+        wxCaretBase::Init();
+
+        m_hasCaret = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // override base class virtuals
+    virtual void DoMove();
+    virtual void DoShow();
+    virtual void DoHide();
+    virtual void DoSize();
+
+    // helper function which creates the system caret
+    bool PalmOSCreateCaret();
+
+private:
+    bool m_hasCaret;
+
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaret)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_CARET_H_
+
+

include/wx/palmos/checkbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/checkbox.h
+// Purpose:     wxCheckBox class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
+#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "checkbox.h"
+#endif
+
+// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase
+{
+public:
+    wxCheckBox() { }
+    wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent,
+               wxWindowID id,
+               const wxString& label,
+               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+               long style = 0,
+               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+               const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString& label,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
+
+    virtual void SetValue(bool value);
+    virtual bool GetValue() const;
+
+    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
+
+    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
+    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+protected:
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+    virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState value);
+
+    virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCheckBox)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_

include/wx/palmos/checklst.h

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        checklst.h
+// Purpose:     wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef   __CHECKLST__H_
+#define   __CHECKLST__H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "checklst.h"
+#endif
+
+#if !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+  #error  "wxCheckListBox class requires owner-drawn functionality."
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxOwnerDrawn;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBoxItem; // fwd decl, defined in checklst.cpp
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
+{
+public:
+  // ctors
+  wxCheckListBox();
+  wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                 int nStrings = 0,
+                 const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+                 long style = 0,
+                 const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                 const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+  wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                 const wxPoint& pos,
+                 const wxSize& size,
+                 const wxArrayString& choices,
+                 long style = 0,
+                 const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                 const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+
+  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos,
+                const wxSize& size,
+                const wxArrayString& choices,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+
+  // override base class virtuals
+  virtual void Delete(int n);
+
+  virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
+
+  // items may be checked
+  virtual bool IsChecked(size_t uiIndex) const;
+  virtual void Check(size_t uiIndex, bool bCheck = TRUE);
+
+  // return the index of the item at this position or wxNOT_FOUND
+  int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const { return DoHitTestItem(pt.x, pt.y); }
+  int HitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return DoHitTestItem(x, y); }
+
+  // accessors
+  size_t GetItemHeight() const { return m_nItemHeight; }
+
+protected:
+  // we create our items ourselves and they have non-standard size,
+  // so we need to override these functions
+  virtual wxOwnerDrawn *CreateLboxItem(size_t n);
+  virtual bool          MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item);
+
+  // this can't be called DoHitTest() because wxWindow already has this method
+  int DoHitTestItem(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
+
+  // pressing space or clicking the check box toggles the item
+  void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
+  void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
+
+private:
+  size_t    m_nItemHeight;  // height of checklistbox items (the same for all)
+
+  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCheckListBox)
+};
+
+#endif    //_CHECKLST_H

include/wx/palmos/chkconf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * Name:        wx/palmos/chkconf.h
+ * Purpose:     Compiler-specific configuration checking
+ * Author:      William Osborne
+ * Modified by:
+ * Created:     10/13/04
+ * RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+ * Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+ * Licence:     wxWindows licence
+ */
+
+/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALMOS_CHKCONF_H_
+#define _WX_PALMOS_CHKCONF_H_
+
+/*
+ * disable the settings which don't work for some compilers
+ */
+
+/*
+ * If using PostScript-in-MSW in Univ, must enable PostScript
+ */
+
+#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW && !wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
+#undef wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
+#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
+#if (defined(__WATCOMC__) && (__WATCOMC__ >= 1200)) || defined(__WINE__) || ((defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) && ((__GNUC__>2) ||((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95))))
+#   define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 1
+#else
+#   define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * GCC does not have SEH (__try/__catch)
+ */
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__)
+    #undef wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
+    #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS doesn't work with CodeWarrior
+ */
+
+#if defined(__MWERKS__)
+    #undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
+    #define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS      0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUWIN32__)
+/* These don't work as expected for mingw32 and cygwin32 */
+#undef  wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
+#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING            0
+
+#undef  wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
+#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS   0
+
+#undef  wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS          0
+
+/* Cygwin betas don't have wcslen */
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__)
+#  if ! ((__GNUC__>2) ||((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95)))
+#    undef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
+#    define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#endif
+ /* __GNUWIN32__ */
+
+/* MFC duplicates these operators */
+#if wxUSE_MFC
+#undef  wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
+#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS   0
+
+#undef  wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS          0
+#endif
+ /* wxUSE_MFC */
+
+#if (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS)
+/* GnuWin32 doesn't have appropriate headers for e.g. IUnknown. */
+#undef wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0
+#endif
+
+#if !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#undef wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
+#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x500)
+/* BC++ 4.0 can't compile JPEG library */
+#undef wxUSE_LIBJPEG
+#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0
+#endif
+
+/* wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS = 1 not compatible with BC++ in DLL mode */
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (defined(WXMAKINGDLL) || defined(WXUSINGDLL))
+#undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
+#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ < 1200)
+#undef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
+#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
+    /* _WX_PALMOS_CHKCONF_H_ */
+

include/wx/palmos/choice.h

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        choice.h
+// Purpose:     wxChoice class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_
+#define _WX_CHOICE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "choice.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Choice item
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice : public wxChoiceBase
+{
+public:
+    // ctors
+    wxChoice() { }
+    virtual ~wxChoice();
+
+    wxChoice(wxWindow *parent,
+             wxWindowID id,
+             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+             int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+             long style = 0,
+             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+             const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
+    }
+    wxChoice(wxWindow *parent,
+             wxWindowID id,
+             const wxPoint& pos,
+             const wxSize& size,
+             const wxArrayString& choices,
+             long style = 0,
+             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+             const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos,
+                const wxSize& size,
+                const wxArrayString& choices,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
+    virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, int pos);
+    virtual void Delete(int n);
+    virtual void Clear();
+
+    virtual int GetCount() const;
+    virtual int GetSelection() const;
+    virtual void SetSelection(int n);
+
+    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
+    virtual wxString GetString(int n) const;
+    virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& s);
+
+    // MSW only
+    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
+    WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+    virtual WXHBRUSH OnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
+            WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+protected:
+    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+    virtual void DoSetItemClientData( int n, void* clientData );
+    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData( int n ) const;
+    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject( int n, wxClientData* clientData );
+    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject( int n ) const;
+
+    // MSW implementation
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const;
+    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
+                           int width, int height,
+                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
+
+    virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG *pMsg);
+
+    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
+
+    // update the height of the drop down list to fit the number of items we
+    // have (without changing the visible height)
+    void UpdateVisibleHeight();
+
+    // create and initialize the control
+    bool CreateAndInit(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                       const wxPoint& pos,
+                       const wxSize& size,
+                       int n, const wxString choices[],
+                       long style,
+                       const wxValidator& validator,
+                       const wxString& name);
+
+    // free all memory we have (used by Clear() and dtor)
+    void Free();
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoice)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_CHOICE_H_

include/wx/palmos/clipbrd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/clipbrd.h
+// Purpose:     wxClipboad class and clipboard functions for Palm OS
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
+#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "clipbrd.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
+
+#include "wx/list.h"
+#include "wx/module.h"
+#include "wx/dataobj.h"     // for wxDataFormat
+
+// These functions superceded by wxClipboard, but retained in order to
+// implement wxClipboard, and for compatibility.
+
+// open/close the clipboard
+WXDLLEXPORT bool wxOpenClipboard();
+WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsClipboardOpened();
+#define wxClipboardOpen wxIsClipboardOpened
+WXDLLEXPORT bool wxCloseClipboard();
+
+// get/set data
+WXDLLEXPORT bool wxEmptyClipboard();
+WXDLLEXPORT bool wxSetClipboardData(wxDataFormat dataFormat,
+                                    const void *data,
+                                    int width = 0, int height = 0);
+WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetClipboardData(wxDataFormat dataFormat,
+                                     long *len = NULL);
+
+// clipboard formats
+WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsClipboardFormatAvailable(wxDataFormat dataFormat);
+WXDLLEXPORT wxDataFormat wxEnumClipboardFormats(wxDataFormat dataFormat);
+WXDLLEXPORT int  wxRegisterClipboardFormat(wxChar *formatName);
+WXDLLEXPORT bool wxGetClipboardFormatName(wxDataFormat dataFormat,
+                                          wxChar *formatName,
+                                          int maxCount);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxClipboard
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboard : public wxObject
+{
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard)
+
+public:
+    wxClipboard();
+    ~wxClipboard();
+
+    // open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData()
+    virtual bool Open();
+
+    // close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData()
+    virtual void Close();
+
+    // query whether the clipboard is opened
+    virtual bool IsOpened() const;
+
+    // set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted.
+    virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data );
+
+    // add to the clipboard data.
+    virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data );
+
+    // ask if data in correct format is available
+    virtual bool IsSupported( wxDataFormat format );
+
+    // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
+    virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data );
+
+    // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
+    virtual void Clear();
+
+    // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
+    // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
+    // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
+    virtual bool Flush();
+
+    // X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW.
+    void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = FALSE ) { }
+
+private:
+    bool m_clearOnExit;
+    bool m_isOpened;
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
+#endif
+    // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_

include/wx/palmos/colordlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/colordlg.h
+// Purpose:     wxColourDialog class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_
+#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "colordlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/cmndata.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxColourDialog: dialog for choosing a colours
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDialog : public wxDialog
+{
+public:
+    wxColourDialog();
+    wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
+
+    wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; }
+
+    // override some base class virtuals
+    virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
+    virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
+
+    virtual int ShowModal();
+
+    virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
+
+protected:
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
+                           int width, int height,
+                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
+
+    wxColourData        m_colourData;
+    wxString            m_title;
+
+    wxPoint             m_pos;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxColourDialog)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_COLORDLG_H_

include/wx/palmos/colour.h

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/colour.h
+// Purpose:     wxColour class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_
+#define _WX_COLOUR_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "colour.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Colour
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    // constructors
+    // ------------
+
+    // default
+    wxColour() { Init(); }
+
+    // from separate RGB
+    wxColour( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue )
+        { Set(red, green, blue); }
+
+    // from packed RGB
+    wxColour( unsigned long colRGB ) { Set(colRGB); }
+
+    // implicit conversion from the colour name
+    wxColour(const wxString &colourName) { InitFromName(colourName); }
+    wxColour(const wxChar *colourName) { InitFromName(colourName); }
+
+
+    // copy ctors and assignment operators
+    wxColour(const wxColour& col);
+    wxColour& operator=( const wxColour& col);
+
+    // dtor
+    ~wxColour();
+
+
+    // other methods
+    // -------------
+
+    // to have the matching Create also for this class
+    void Create( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue )
+    { Set(red, green, blue); }
+
+    // Set() functions
+    void Set(unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue);
+    void Set(unsigned long colRGB)
+    {
+        // we don't need to know sizeof(long) here because we assume that the three
+        // least significant bytes contain the R, G and B values
+        Set((unsigned char)colRGB,
+            (unsigned char)(colRGB >> 8),
+            (unsigned char)(colRGB >> 16));
+    }
+
+    // accessors
+    // ---------
+
+    bool Ok() const { return m_isInit; }
+
+    unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; }
+    unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; }
+    unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; }
+
+    // comparison
+    bool operator==(const wxColour& colour) const
+    {
+        return m_isInit == colour.m_isInit
+            && m_red == colour.m_red
+            && m_green == colour.m_green
+            && m_blue == colour.m_blue;
+    }
+
+    bool operator != (const wxColour& colour) const { return !(*this == colour); }
+
+    WXCOLORREF GetPixel() const { return m_pixel; };
+
+    void InitFromName(const wxString& colourName);
+
+public:
+    WXCOLORREF m_pixel;
+
+protected:
+    // Helper function
+    void Init();
+
+private:
+    bool          m_isInit;
+    unsigned char m_red;
+    unsigned char m_blue;
+    unsigned char m_green;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour)
+};
+
+#endif
+        // _WX_COLOUR_H_

include/wx/palmos/combobox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/msw/combobox.h
+// Purpose:     wxComboBox class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
+#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "combobox.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/choice.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Combobox control
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBox: public wxChoice
+{
+public:
+    wxComboBox() { }
+
+    wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+            const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+            int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+            long style = 0,
+            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+            const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
+    }
+    wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+            const wxString& value,
+            const wxPoint& pos,
+            const wxSize& size,
+            const wxArrayString& choices,
+            long style = 0,
+            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+            const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                int n = 0,
+                const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString& value,
+                const wxPoint& pos,
+                const wxSize& size,
+                const wxArrayString& choices,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
+
+    // List functions: see wxChoice
+
+    // Text field functions
+    wxString GetValue() const { return GetLabel(); }
+    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
+
+    // Clipboard operations
+    virtual void Copy();
+    virtual void Cut();
+    virtual void Paste();
+    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
+    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
+    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
+    virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
+    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
+    virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
+    virtual void SetSelection(int n) { wxChoice::SetSelection(n); }
+    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
+    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
+    bool MSWProcessEditMsg(WXUINT msg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+    virtual WXHBRUSH OnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
+            WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+    WXHWND GetEditHWND() const;
+
+protected:
+    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxComboBox)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
+#endif
+    // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_

include/wx/palmos/control.h

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        control.h
+// Purpose:     wxControl class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_
+#define _WX_CONTROL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "control.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+// General item class
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl : public wxControlBase
+{
+public:
+    wxControl() { }
+
+    wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+              const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+              const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+            const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
+
+    virtual ~wxControl();
+
+    // Simulates an event
+    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); }
+
+
+    // implementation from now on
+    // --------------------------
+
+    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
+    {
+        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
+    }
+
+    static wxVisualAttributes
+    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
+
+    // Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers
+    bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+    // MSW-specific
+#ifdef __WIN95__
+    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
+#endif // Win95
+
+    // For ownerdraw items
+    virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *WXUNUSED(item)) { return FALSE; };
+    virtual bool MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *WXUNUSED(item)) { return FALSE; };
+
+    const wxArrayLong& GetSubcontrols() const { return m_subControls; }
+
+    void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
+
+    virtual WXHBRUSH OnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
+            WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+protected:
+    // choose the default border for this window
+    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
+
+    // return default best size (doesn't really make any sense, override this)
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+    // create the control of the given Windows class: this is typically called
+    // from Create() method of the derived class passing its label, pos and
+    // size parameter (style parameter is not needed because m_windowStyle is
+    // supposed to had been already set and so is used instead when this
+    // function is called)
+    bool MSWCreateControl(const wxChar *classname,
+                          const wxString& label,
+                          const wxPoint& pos,
+                          const wxSize& size);
+
+    // NB: the method below is deprecated now, with MSWGetStyle() the method
+    //     above should be used instead! Once all the controls are updated to
+    //     implement MSWGetStyle() this version will disappear.
+    //
+    // create the control of the given class with the given style (combination
+    // of WS_XXX flags, i.e. Windows style, not wxWidgets one), returns
+    // FALSE if creation failed
+    //
+    // All parameters except classname and style are optional, if the
+    // size/position are not given, they should be set later with SetSize()
+    // and, label (the title of the window), of course, is left empty. The
+    // extended style is determined from the style and the app 3D settings
+    // automatically if it's not specified explicitly.
+    bool MSWCreateControl(const wxChar *classname,
+                          WXDWORD style,
+                          const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                          const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                          const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
+                          WXDWORD exstyle = (WXDWORD)-1);
+
+    // default style for the control include WS_TABSTOP if it AcceptsFocus()
+    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
+
+    // this is a helper for the derived class GetClassDefaultAttributes()
+    // implementation: it returns the right colours for the classes which
+    // contain something else (e.g. wxListBox, wxTextCtrl, ...) instead of
+    // being simple controls (such as wxButton, wxCheckBox, ...)
+    static wxVisualAttributes
+        GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant);
+
+
+    // for controls like radiobuttons which are really composite this array
+    // holds the ids (not HWNDs!) of the sub controls
+    wxArrayLong m_subControls;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxControl)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_CONTROL_H_

include/wx/palmos/crashrpt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/crashrpt.h
+// Purpose:     helpers for the structured exception handling (SEH)
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSW_SEH_H_
+#define _WX_MSW_SEH_H_
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// report generation flags
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum
+{
+    // we always report where the crash occured
+    wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCATION = 0,
+
+    // if this flag is given, the call stack is dumped
+    //
+    // this results in dump/crash report as small as possible, this is the
+    // default flag
+    wxCRASH_REPORT_STACK = 1,
+
+    // if this flag is given, the values of the local variables are dumped
+    //
+    // note that this will result in huge file containing the dump of the
+    // entire process memory space when using mini dumps!
+    wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCALS = 2,
+
+    // if this flag is given, the values of all global variables are dumped
+    //
+    // this creates a much larger mini dump and also takes more time to
+    // generate if our own crash reporting code is used
+    wxCRASH_REPORT_GLOBALS = 4
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCrashReport: this class is used to create crash reports
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCrashReport
+{
+    // set the name of the file to which the report is written, it is
+    // constructed from the .exe name by default
+    static void SetFileName(const wxChar *filename);
+
+    // return the current file name
+    static const wxChar *GetFileName();
+
+    // write the exception report to the file, return true if it could be done
+    // or false otherwise
+    static bool Generate(int flags = wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCATION |
+                                     wxCRASH_REPORT_STACK);
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
+
+#endif // _WX_MSW_SEH_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/cursor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/cursor.h
+// Purpose:     wxCursor class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_
+#define _WX_CURSOR_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "cursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/palmos/gdiimage.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
+
+// Cursor
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor : public wxGDIImage
+{
+public:
+    // constructors
+    wxCursor();
+    wxCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) { Ref(cursor); }
+    wxCursor(const wxImage& image);
+    wxCursor(const char bits[], int width, int height,
+             int hotSpotX = -1, int hotSpotY = -1,
+             const char maskBits[] = NULL);
+    wxCursor(const wxString& name,
+             long flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE,
+             int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
+    wxCursor(int idCursor);
+    virtual ~wxCursor();
+
+    wxCursor& operator=(const wxCursor& cursor)
+        { if (*this == cursor) return (*this); Ref(cursor); return *this; }
+
+    bool operator==(const wxCursor& cursor) const;
+    bool operator!=(const wxCursor& cursor) const
+        { return !(*this == cursor); }
+
+    // implementation only
+    void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)cursor); }
+    WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const { return (WXHCURSOR)GetHandle(); }
+
+protected:
+    virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_CURSOR_H_

include/wx/palmos/dc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        dc.h
+// Purpose:     wxDC class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DC_H_
+#define _WX_DC_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "dc.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// macros
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
+/*
+ * Cached blitting, maintaining a cache
+ * of bitmaps required for transparent blitting
+ * instead of constant creation/deletion
+ */
+
+class wxDCCacheEntry: public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxDCCacheEntry(WXHBITMAP hBitmap, int w, int h, int depth);
+    wxDCCacheEntry(WXHDC hDC, int depth);
+    ~wxDCCacheEntry();
+
+    WXHBITMAP   m_bitmap;
+    WXHDC       m_dc;
+    int         m_width;
+    int         m_height;
+    int         m_depth;
+};
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC : public wxDCBase
+{
+public:
+    wxDC();
+    ~wxDC();
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    // ----------------------------------
+
+    virtual void Clear();
+
+    virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& message);
+    virtual void EndDoc();
+
+    virtual void StartPage();
+    virtual void EndPage();
+
+    virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font);
+    virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen);
+    virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush);
+    virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush);
+    virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+    virtual void DestroyClippingRegion();
+
+    virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
+    virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
+    virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+                                 wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+                                 wxCoord *descent = NULL,
+                                 wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
+                                 wxFont *theFont = NULL) const;
+    virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const;
+
+    virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const;
+    virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const;
+    virtual int GetDepth() const;
+    virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
+
+    virtual void SetMapMode(int mode);
+    virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y);
+    virtual void SetSystemScale(double x, double y);
+    virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y);
+    virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+    virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+    virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp);
+    virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function);
+
+    // implementation from now on
+    // --------------------------
+
+    virtual void SetRop(WXHDC cdc);
+    virtual void SelectOldObjects(WXHDC dc);
+
+    wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_canvas; }
+    void SetWindow(wxWindow *win)
+    {
+        m_canvas = win;
+
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+        // if we have palettes use the correct one for this window
+        InitializePalette();
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+    }
+
+    WXHDC GetHDC() const { return m_hDC; }
+    void SetHDC(WXHDC dc, bool bOwnsDC = FALSE)
+    {
+        m_hDC = dc;
+        m_bOwnsDC = bOwnsDC;
+
+        // we might have a pre existing clipping region, make sure that we
+        // return it if asked -- but avoid calling ::GetClipBox() right now as
+        // it could be unnecessary wasteful
+        m_clipping = true;
+        m_clipX1 =
+        m_clipX2 = 0;
+    }
+
+    const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const { return m_selectedBitmap; }
+    wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() { return m_selectedBitmap; }
+
+    // update the internal clip box variables
+    void UpdateClipBox();
+
+#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
+    static wxDCCacheEntry* FindBitmapInCache(WXHDC hDC, int w, int h);
+    static wxDCCacheEntry* FindDCInCache(wxDCCacheEntry* notThis, WXHDC hDC);
+
+    static void AddToBitmapCache(wxDCCacheEntry* entry);
+    static void AddToDCCache(wxDCCacheEntry* entry);
+    static void ClearCache();
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
+                             int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE);
+
+    virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const;
+
+    virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+    virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
+
+    virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
+                           wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
+                           wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc);
+    virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                                 wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+    virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
+                                   double sa, double ea);
+
+    virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+    virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                                        wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+                                        double radius);
+    virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+
+    virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+
+    virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+    virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                              bool useMask = FALSE);
+
+    virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+    virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                                   double angle);
+
+    virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+                        wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
+                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1);
+
+    // this is gnarly - we can't even call this function DoSetClippingRegion()
+    // because of virtual function hiding
+    virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& region);
+    virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                                     wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+    virtual void DoGetClippingRegion(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+                                     wxCoord *width, wxCoord *height)
+    {
+        GetClippingBox(x, y, width, height);
+    }
+    virtual void DoGetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
+                                  wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const;
+
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+    virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const;
+
+    virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
+                             wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset);
+    virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
+                               wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
+                               int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
+    virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[],
+                                   wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
+                                   int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
+
+
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    // MSW specific, select a logical palette into the HDC
+    // (tell windows to translate pixel from other palettes to our custom one
+    // and vice versa)
+    // Realize tells it to also reset the system palette to this one.
+    void DoSelectPalette(bool realize = FALSE);
+
+    // Find out what palette our parent window has, then select it into the dc
+    void InitializePalette();
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+    // common part of DoDrawText() and DoDrawRotatedText()
+    void DrawAnyText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
+
+    // common part of DoSetClippingRegion() and DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion()
+    void SetClippingHrgn(WXHRGN hrgn);
+
+    // MSW-specific member variables
+    // -----------------------------
+
+    // the window associated with this DC (may be NULL)
+    wxWindow         *m_canvas;
+
+    wxBitmap          m_selectedBitmap;
+
+    // TRUE => DeleteDC() in dtor, FALSE => only ReleaseDC() it
+    bool              m_bOwnsDC:1;
+
+    // our HDC
+    WXHDC             m_hDC;
+
+    // Store all old GDI objects when do a SelectObject, so we can select them
+    // back in (this unselecting user's objects) so we can safely delete the
+    // DC.
+    WXHBITMAP         m_oldBitmap;
+    WXHPEN            m_oldPen;
+    WXHBRUSH          m_oldBrush;
+    WXHFONT           m_oldFont;
+
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    WXHPALETTE        m_oldPalette;
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
+    static wxList     sm_bitmapCache;
+    static wxList     sm_dcCache;
+#endif
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDC)
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDC)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDCTemp: a wxDC which doesn't free the given HDC (used by wxWidgets
+// only/mainly)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCTemp : public wxDC
+{
+public:
+    wxDCTemp(WXHDC hdc) { SetHDC(hdc); }
+    virtual ~wxDCTemp() { SetHDC((WXHDC)NULL); }
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCTemp)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DC_H_

include/wx/palmos/dcclient.h

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        dcclient.h
+// Purpose:     wxClientDC class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
+#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "dcclient.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// array types
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// this one if used by wxPaintDC only
+struct WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDCInfo;
+
+WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxPaintDCInfo, wxArrayDCInfo);
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DC classes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowDC : public wxDC
+{
+public:
+    // default ctor
+    wxWindowDC();
+
+    // Create a DC corresponding to the whole window
+    wxWindowDC(wxWindow *win);
+
+protected:
+    // intiialize the newly created DC
+    void InitDC();
+
+    // override some base class virtuals
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWindowDC)
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDC : public wxWindowDC
+{
+public:
+    // default ctor
+    wxClientDC();
+
+    // Create a DC corresponding to the client area of the window
+    wxClientDC(wxWindow *win);
+
+    virtual ~wxClientDC();
+
+protected:
+    void InitDC();
+
+    // override some base class virtuals
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxClientDC)
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDC : public wxClientDC
+{
+public:
+    wxPaintDC();
+
+    // Create a DC corresponding for painting the window in OnPaint()
+    wxPaintDC(wxWindow *win);
+
+    virtual ~wxPaintDC();
+
+    // find the entry for this DC in the cache (keyed by the window)
+    static WXHDC FindDCInCache(wxWindow* win);
+
+protected:
+    static wxArrayDCInfo ms_cache;
+
+    // find the entry for this DC in the cache (keyed by the window)
+    wxPaintDCInfo *FindInCache(size_t *index = NULL) const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPaintDC)
+};
+
+/*
+ * wxPaintDCEx
+ * This class is used when an application sends an HDC with the WM_PAINT
+ * message. It is used in HandlePaint and need not be used by an application.
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDCEx : public wxPaintDC
+{
+public:
+    wxPaintDCEx(wxWindow *canvas, WXHDC dc);
+    virtual ~wxPaintDCEx();
+private:
+    int saveState;
+
+    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPaintDCEx)
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaintDCEx)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_

include/wx/palmos/dcmemory.h

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/dcmemory.h
+// Purpose:     wxMemoryDC class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
+#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dcmemory.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryDC : public wxDC
+{
+public:
+    wxMemoryDC();
+    wxMemoryDC(wxDC *dc); // Create compatible DC
+
+    virtual void SelectObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+protected:
+    // override some base class virtuals
+    virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const;
+
+    // create DC compatible with the given one or screen if dc == NULL
+    bool CreateCompatible(wxDC *dc);
+
+    // initialize the newly created DC
+    void Init();
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMemoryDC)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_

include/wx/palmos/dcprint.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/dcprint.h
+// Purpose:     wxPrinterDC class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_
+#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "dcprint.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
+
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+#include "wx/cmndata.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrinterDC : public wxDC
+{
+public:
+    // Create a printer DC (obsolete function: use wxPrintData version now)
+    wxPrinterDC(const wxString& driver, const wxString& device, const wxString& output, bool interactive = TRUE, int orientation = wxPORTRAIT);
+
+    // Create from print data
+    wxPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data);
+
+    wxPrinterDC(WXHDC theDC);
+
+    // override some base class virtuals
+    virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& message);
+    virtual void EndDoc();
+    virtual void StartPage();
+    virtual void EndPage();
+
+protected:
+    virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
+                              bool useMask = FALSE);
+    virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
+                        wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
+                        wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
+                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1);
+
+    // init the dc
+    void Init();
+
+    wxPrintData m_printData;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPrinterDC)
+};
+
+// Gets an HDC for the default printer configuration
+// WXHDC WXDLLEXPORT wxGetPrinterDC(int orientation);
+
+// Gets an HDC for the specified printer configuration
+WXHDC WXDLLEXPORT wxGetPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data);
+
+#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DCPRINT_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/dcscreen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/dcscreen.h
+// Purpose:     wxScreenDC class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
+#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dcscreen.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxScreenDC : public wxWindowDC
+{
+public:
+    // Create a DC representing the whole screen
+    wxScreenDC();
+
+    // Compatibility with X's requirements for drawing on top of all windows
+    static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(window)) { return TRUE; }
+    static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect* WXUNUSED(rect) = NULL) { return TRUE; }
+    static bool EndDrawingOnTop() { return TRUE; }
+
+protected:
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxScreenDC)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/dialog.h

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/dialog.h
+// Purpose:     wxDialog class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_
+#define _WX_DIALOG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "dialog.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/panel.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDialogNameStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialogModalData;
+
+// Dialog boxes
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialog : public wxDialogBase
+{
+public:
+    wxDialog() { Init(); }
+
+    // full ctor
+    wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+             const wxString& title,
+             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+             long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
+             const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString& title,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
+                const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
+
+    virtual ~wxDialog();
+
+    // return true if we're showing the dialog modally
+    virtual bool IsModal() const { return m_modalData != NULL; }
+
+    // show the dialog modally and return the value passed to EndModal()
+    virtual int ShowModal();
+
+    // may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code
+    virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    // -------------------------------
+
+    // override some base class virtuals
+    virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
+
+    virtual void Raise();
+
+    // event handlers
+    void OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event);
+    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
+
+    // Standard buttons
+    void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
+    void OnApply(wxCommandEvent& event);
+    void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+    // Responds to colour changes
+    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
+
+    // Windows callbacks
+    WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+#if wxUSE_CTL3D
+    virtual WXHBRUSH OnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
+                                WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+#endif // wxUSE_CTL3D
+
+    // obsolete methods
+    // ----------------
+
+    // use the other ctor
+    wxDEPRECATED( wxDialog(wxWindow *parent,
+             const wxString& title, bool modal,
+             int x = -1, int y= -1, int width = 500, int height = 500,
+             long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
+             const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr) );
+
+    // just call Show() or ShowModal()
+    wxDEPRECATED( void SetModal(bool flag) );
+
+    // use IsModal()
+    wxDEPRECATED( bool IsModalShowing() const );
+
+protected:
+    // find the window to use as parent for this dialog if none has been
+    // specified explicitly by the user
+    //
+    // may return NULL
+    wxWindow *FindSuitableParent() const;
+
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+private:
+    wxWindow*   m_oldFocus;
+    bool        m_endModalCalled; // allow for closing within InitDialog
+
+    // this pointer is non-NULL only while the modal event loop is running
+    wxDialogModalData *m_modalData;
+
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDialog)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DIALOG_H_

include/wx/palmos/dib.h

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/dib.h
+// Purpose:     wxDIB class representing device independent bitmaps
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALMOS_DIB_H_
+#define _WX_PALMOS_DIB_H_
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
+
+#include "wx/msw/private.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_WXDIB
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDIB: represents a DIB section
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDIB
+{
+public:
+    // ctors and such
+    // --------------
+
+    // create an uninitialized DIB with the given width, height and depth (only
+    // 24 and 32 bpp DIBs are currently supported)
+    //
+    // after using this ctor, GetData() and GetHandle() may be used if IsOk()
+    // returns true
+    wxDIB(int width, int height, int depth)
+        { Init(); (void)Create(width, height, depth); }
+
+    // create a DIB from the DDB
+    wxDIB(const wxBitmap& bmp)
+        { Init(); (void)Create(bmp); }
+
+    // load a DIB from file (any depth is supoprted here unlike above)
+    //
+    // as above, use IsOk() to see if the bitmap was loaded successfully
+    wxDIB(const wxString& filename)
+        { Init(); (void)Load(filename); }
+
+    // same as the corresponding ctors but with return value
+    bool Create(int width, int height, int depth);
+    bool Create(const wxBitmap& bmp);
+    bool Load(const wxString& filename);
+
+    // dtor is not virtual, this class is not meant to be used polymorphically
+    ~wxDIB();
+
+
+    // operations
+    // ----------
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    // create a bitmap compatiblr with the given HDC (or screen by default) and
+    // return its handle, the caller is responsible for freeing it (using
+    // DeleteObject())
+    HBITMAP CreateDDB(HDC hdc = 0) const;
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+    // get the handle from the DIB and reset it, i.e. this object won't destroy
+    // the DIB after this (but the caller should do it)
+    HBITMAP Detach() { HBITMAP hbmp = m_handle; m_handle = 0; return hbmp; }
+
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    // create a palette for this DIB (always a trivial/default one for 24bpp)
+    wxPalette *CreatePalette() const;
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+    // save the DIB as a .BMP file to the file with the given name
+    bool Save(const wxString& filename);
+
+
+    // accessors
+    // ---------
+
+    // return true if DIB was successfully created, false otherwise
+    bool IsOk() const { return m_handle != 0; }
+
+    // get the bitmap size
+    wxSize GetSize() const { DoGetObject(); return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
+    int GetWidth() const { DoGetObject(); return m_width; }
+    int GetHeight() const { DoGetObject(); return m_height; }
+
+    // get the number of bits per pixel, or depth
+    int GetDepth() const { DoGetObject(); return m_depth; }
+
+    // get the DIB handle
+    HBITMAP GetHandle() const { return m_handle; }
+
+    // get raw pointer to bitmap bits, you should know what you do if you
+    // decide to use it
+    void *GetData() const { DoGetObject(); return m_data; }
+
+
+    // HBITMAP conversion
+    // ------------------
+
+    // these functions are only used by wxWidgets internally right now, please
+    // don't use them directly if possible as they're subject to change
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    // creates a DDB compatible with the given (or screen) DC from either
+    // a plain DIB or a DIB section (in which case the last parameter must be
+    // non NULL)
+    static HBITMAP ConvertToBitmap(const BITMAPINFO *pbi,
+                                   HDC hdc = 0,
+                                   void *bits = NULL);
+
+    // create a plain DIB (not a DIB section) from a DDB, the caller is
+    // responsable for freeing it using ::GlobalFree()
+    static HGLOBAL ConvertFromBitmap(HBITMAP hbmp);
+
+    // creates a DIB from the given DDB or calculates the space needed by it:
+    // if pbi is NULL, only the space is calculated, otherwise pbi is supposed
+    // to point at BITMAPINFO of the correct size which is filled by this
+    // function (this overload is needed for wxBitmapDataObject code in
+    // src/msw/ole/dataobj.cpp)
+    static size_t ConvertFromBitmap(BITMAPINFO *pbi, HBITMAP hbmp);
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
+
+
+    // wxImage conversion
+    // ------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_IMAGE
+    // create a DIB from the given image, the DIB will be either 24 or 32 (if
+    // the image has alpha channel) bpp
+    wxDIB(const wxImage& image) { Init(); (void)Create(image); }
+
+    // same as the above ctor but with the return code
+    bool Create(const wxImage& image);
+
+    // create wxImage having the same data as this DIB
+    wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
+#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
+
+
+    // helper functions
+    // ----------------
+
+    // return the size of one line in a DIB with given width and depth: the
+    // point here is that as the scan lines need to be DWORD aligned so we may
+    // need to add some padding
+    static unsigned long GetLineSize(int width, int depth)
+    {
+        return ((width*depth + 31) & ~31) >> 3;
+    }
+
+private:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    // free resources
+    void Free();
+
+    // initialize the contents from the provided DDB (Create() must have been
+    // already called)
+    bool CopyFromDDB(HBITMAP hbmp);
+
+
+    // the DIB section handle, 0 if invalid
+    HBITMAP m_handle;
+
+    // NB: we could store only m_handle and not any of the other fields as
+    //     we may always retrieve them from it using ::GetObject(), but we
+    //     decide to still store them for efficiency concerns -- however if we
+    //     don't have them from the very beginning (e.g. DIB constructed from a
+    //     bitmap), we only retrieve them when necessary and so these fields
+    //     should *never* be accessed directly, even from inside wxDIB code
+
+    // function which must be called before accessing any members and which
+    // gets their values from m_handle, if not done yet
+    void DoGetObject() const;
+
+    // pointer to DIB bits, may be NULL
+    void *m_data;
+
+    // size and depth of the image
+    int m_width,
+        m_height,
+        m_depth;
+
+    // in some cases we could be using a handle which we didn't create and in
+    // this case we shouldn't free it neither -- this flag tell us if this is
+    // the case
+    bool m_ownsHandle;
+
+
+    // DIBs can't be copied
+    wxDIB(const wxDIB&);
+    wxDIB& operator=(const wxDIB&);
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// inline functions implementation
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline
+void wxDIB::Init()
+{
+    m_handle = 0;
+    m_ownsHandle = true;
+
+    m_data = NULL;
+
+    m_width =
+    m_height =
+    m_depth = 0;
+}
+
+inline
+void wxDIB::Free()
+{
+    if ( m_handle && m_ownsHandle )
+    {
+        if ( !::DeleteObject(m_handle) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("DeleteObject(hDIB)"));
+        }
+
+        Init();
+    }
+}
+
+inline wxDIB::~wxDIB()
+{
+    Free();
+}
+
+#endif
+    // wxUSE_WXDIB
+
+#endif // _WX_PALMOS_DIB_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/dirdlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/dirdlg.h
+// Purpose:     wxDirDialog class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_
+#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dirdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirDialog : public wxDialog
+{
+public:
+    wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent,
+                const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
+                const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr);
+
+    void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; }
+    void SetPath(const wxString& path);
+    void SetStyle(long style) { SetWindowStyle(style); }
+
+    wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
+    wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
+    long GetStyle() const { return GetWindowStyle(); }
+
+    virtual int ShowModal();
+
+protected:
+    wxString    m_message;
+    wxString    m_path;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDirDialog)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DIRDLG_H_

include/wx/palmos/display.h

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        display.h
+// Purpose:     wxDisplay class customization for Palm OS
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "display.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALMOS_DISPLAY_H_
+#define _WX_PALMOS_DISPLAY_H_
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplay : public wxDisplayBase
+{
+public:
+    // this function may be called *before* using any other wxDisplay methods
+    // to tell it to use DirectX functions instead of the standard Windows ones
+    static void UseDirectX(bool useDX);
+
+    // create the display object for the given physical display
+    wxDisplay(size_t index = 0);
+
+    virtual ~wxDisplay();
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual bool IsOk() const;
+    virtual wxRect GetGeometry() const;
+    virtual wxString GetName() const;
+
+    virtual wxArrayVideoModes
+        GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxVideoMode()) const;
+    virtual wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const;
+    virtual bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxVideoMode());
+
+private:
+    // get the display name to use with EnumDisplaySettings()
+    wxString GetNameForEnumSettings() const;
+
+    // we have different implementations using DirectDraw and without it
+    wxArrayVideoModes DoGetModesDirectX(const wxVideoMode& modeMatch) const;
+    bool DoChangeModeDirectX(const wxVideoMode& mode);
+
+    wxArrayVideoModes DoGetModesWindows(const wxVideoMode& modeMatch) const;
+    bool DoChangeModeWindows(const wxVideoMode& mode);
+
+    
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplay)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_PALMOS_DISPLAY_H_

include/wx/palmos/dragimag.h

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/dragimag.h
+// Purpose:     wxDragImage class: a kind of a cursor, that can cope
+//              with more sophisticated images
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_
+#define _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "dragimag.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+#include "wx/cursor.h"
+#include "wx/treectrl.h"
+#include "wx/listctrl.h"
+
+// If 1, use a simple wxCursor instead of ImageList_SetDragCursorImage
+#define wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE 0
+
+/*
+  To use this class, create a wxDragImage when you start dragging, for example:
+
+  void MyTreeCtrl::OnBeginDrag(wxTreeEvent& event)
+  {
+#ifdef __WXMSW__
+    ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); // We need to implement this in wxWidgets
+#endif
+
+    CaptureMouse();
+
+    m_dragImage = new wxDragImage(* this, itemId);
+    m_dragImage->BeginDrag(wxPoint(0, 0), this);
+    m_dragImage->Move(pt, this);
+    m_dragImage->Show(this);
+    ...
+  }
+
+  In your OnMouseMove function, hide the image, do any display updating required,
+  then move and show the image again:
+
+  void MyTreeCtrl::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event)
+  {
+    if (m_dragMode == MY_TREE_DRAG_NONE)
+    {
+        event.Skip();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Prevent screen corruption by hiding the image
+    if (m_dragImage)
+        m_dragImage->Hide(this);
+
+    // Do some updating of the window, such as highlighting the drop target
+    ...
+
+#ifdef __WXMSW__
+    if (updateWindow)
+        ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND());
+#endif
+
+    // Move and show the image again
+    m_dragImage->Move(event.GetPosition(), this);
+    m_dragImage->Show(this);
+ }
+
+ Eventually we end the drag and delete the drag image.
+
+ void MyTreeCtrl::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event)
+ {
+    ...
+
+    // End the drag and delete the drag image
+    if (m_dragImage)
+    {
+        m_dragImage->EndDrag(this);
+        delete m_dragImage;
+        m_dragImage = NULL;
+    }
+    ReleaseMouse();
+ }
+*/
+
+/*
+ Notes for Unix version:
+ Can we simply use cursors instead, creating a cursor dynamically, setting it into the window
+ in BeginDrag, and restoring the old cursor in EndDrag?
+ For a really bog-standard implementation, we could simply use a normal dragging cursor
+ and ignore the image.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * wxDragImage
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDragImage: public wxObject
+{
+public:
+
+    // Ctors & dtor
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    wxDragImage();
+    wxDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(image, cursor);
+    }
+
+    // Deprecated form of the above
+    wxDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(image, cursor, cursorHotspot);
+    }
+
+    wxDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(image, cursor);
+    }
+
+    // Deprecated form of the above
+    wxDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(image, cursor, cursorHotspot);
+    }
+
+    wxDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(str, cursor);
+    }
+
+    // Deprecated form of the above
+    wxDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(str, cursor, cursorHotspot);
+    }
+
+#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
+    wxDragImage(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(treeCtrl, id);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
+    wxDragImage(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(listCtrl, id);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    ~wxDragImage();
+
+    // Attributes
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    // Operations
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    // Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor
+    bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
+    bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot))
+    {
+        wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument."));
+        return Create(image, cursor);
+    }
+
+    // Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor
+    bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
+    bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot))
+    {
+        wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument."));
+        return Create(image, cursor);
+    }
+
+    // Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor
+    bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
+    bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot))
+    {
+        wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument."));
+        return Create(str, cursor);
+    }
+
+#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
+    // Create a drag image for the given tree control item
+    bool Create(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id);
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
+    // Create a drag image for the given list control item
+    bool Create(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id);
+#endif
+
+    // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
+    // corner of the image.
+    bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = FALSE, wxRect* rect = (wxRect*) NULL);
+
+    // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
+    // corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the
+    // position of the window on the screen, to restrict the drag to.
+    bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxWindow* fullScreenRect);
+
+    // End drag
+    bool EndDrag();
+
+    // Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window
+    // is non-NULL, or in screen coordinates if NULL.
+    bool Move(const wxPoint& pt);
+
+    // Show the image
+    bool Show();
+
+    // Hide the image
+    bool Hide();
+
+    // Implementation
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    // Initialize variables
+    void Init();
+
+    // Returns the native image list handle
+    WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; }
+
+#if !wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE
+    // Returns the native image list handle for the cursor
+    WXHIMAGELIST GetCursorHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hCursorImageList; }
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    WXHIMAGELIST    m_hImageList;
+
+#if wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE
+    wxCursor        m_oldCursor;
+#else
+    WXHIMAGELIST    m_hCursorImageList;
+#endif
+
+    wxCursor        m_cursor;
+//    wxPoint         m_cursorHotspot; // Obsolete
+    wxPoint         m_position;
+    wxWindow*       m_window;
+    wxRect          m_boundingRect;
+    bool            m_fullScreen;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDragImage)
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDragImage)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_

include/wx/palmos/enhmeta.h

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/enhmeta.h
+// Purpose:     wxEnhMetaFile class for Win32
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALMOS_ENHMETA_H_
+#define _WX_PALMOS_ENHMETA_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "enhmeta.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+    #include "wx/dataobj.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxEnhMetaFile: encapsulation of Win32 HENHMETAFILE
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxEnhMetaFile : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxEnhMetaFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString) : m_filename(file)
+        { Init(); }
+    wxEnhMetaFile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
+        { Init(); Assign(metafile); }
+    wxEnhMetaFile& operator=(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
+        { Free(); Assign(metafile); return *this; }
+
+    virtual ~wxEnhMetaFile()
+        { Free(); }
+
+    // display the picture stored in the metafile on the given DC
+    bool Play(wxDC *dc, wxRect *rectBound = (wxRect *)NULL);
+
+    // accessors
+    bool Ok() const { return m_hMF != 0; }
+
+    wxSize GetSize() const;
+    int GetWidth() const { return GetSize().x; }
+    int GetHeight() const { return GetSize().y; }
+
+    const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; }
+
+    // copy the metafile to the clipboard: the width and height parameters are
+    // for backwards compatibility (with wxMetaFile) only, they are ignored by
+    // this method
+    bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0);
+
+    // implementation
+    WXHANDLE GetHENHMETAFILE() const { return m_hMF; }
+    void SetHENHMETAFILE(WXHANDLE hMF) { Free(); m_hMF = hMF; }
+
+protected:
+    void Init() { m_hMF = 0; }
+    void Free();
+    void Assign(const wxEnhMetaFile& mf);
+
+private:
+    wxString m_filename;
+    WXHANDLE m_hMF;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFile)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxEnhMetaFileDC: allows to create a wxEnhMetaFile
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxEnhMetaFileDC : public wxDC
+{
+public:
+    // the ctor parameters specify the filename (empty for memory metafiles),
+    // the metafile picture size and the optional description/comment
+    wxEnhMetaFileDC(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
+                    int width = 0, int height = 0,
+                    const wxString& description = wxEmptyString);
+
+    virtual ~wxEnhMetaFileDC();
+
+    // obtain a pointer to the new metafile (caller should delete it)
+    wxEnhMetaFile *Close();
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxEnhMetaFileDC)
+};
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxEnhMetaFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for enh metafile
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// notice that we want to support both CF_METAFILEPICT and CF_ENHMETAFILE and
+// so we derive from wxDataObject and not from wxDataObjectSimple
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxEnhMetaFileDataObject : public wxDataObject
+{
+public:
+    // ctors
+    wxEnhMetaFileDataObject() { }
+    wxEnhMetaFileDataObject(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
+        : m_metafile(metafile) { }
+
+    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
+    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
+    virtual void SetMetafile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
+        { m_metafile = metafile; }
+    virtual wxEnhMetaFile GetMetafile() const
+        { return m_metafile; }
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const;
+    virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir) const;
+    virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, Direction dir) const;
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const;
+    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len,
+                         const void *buf);
+
+protected:
+    wxEnhMetaFile m_metafile;
+
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFileDataObject)
+};
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject does derive from wxDataObjectSimple which
+// makes it more convenient to use (it can be used with wxDataObjectComposite)
+// at the price of not supoprting any more CF_METAFILEPICT but only
+// CF_ENHMETAFILE
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
+{
+public:
+    // ctors
+    wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_ENHMETAFILE) { }
+    wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
+        : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_ENHMETAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { }
+
+    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
+    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
+    virtual void SetEnhMetafile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
+        { m_metafile = metafile; }
+    virtual wxEnhMetaFile GetEnhMetafile() const
+        { return m_metafile; }
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
+    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
+
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
+        { return GetDataSize(); }
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
+                             void *buf) const
+        { return GetDataHere(buf); }
+    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
+                         size_t len, const void *buf)
+        { return SetData(len, buf); }
+
+protected:
+    wxEnhMetaFile m_metafile;
+
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+#endif // _WX_PALMOS_ENHMETA_H_

include/wx/palmos/evtloop.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/evtloop.h
+// Purpose:     wxEventLoop class for Palm OS
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     2004-10-14
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALMOS_EVTLOOP_H_
+#define _WX_PALMOS_EVTLOOP_H_
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxEventLoop
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoop : public wxEventLoopBase
+{
+public:
+    wxEventLoop();
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual int Run();
+    virtual void Exit(int rc = 0);
+    virtual bool Pending() const;
+    virtual bool Dispatch();
+    virtual bool IsRunning() const;
+
+    // MSW-specific methods
+    // --------------------
+
+    // preprocess a message, return true if processed (i.e. no further
+    // dispatching required)
+    virtual bool PreProcessMessage(WXMSG *msg);
+
+    // process a single message
+    virtual void ProcessMessage(WXMSG *msg);
+
+protected:
+    // should we exit the loop?
+    bool m_shouldExit;
+
+    // the loop exit code
+    int m_exitcode;
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_PALMOS_EVTLOOP_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/fdrepdlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/fdrepdlg.h
+// Purpose:     wxFindReplaceDialog class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "mswfdrepdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFindReplaceDialog: dialog for searching / replacing text
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceDialog : public wxFindReplaceDialogBase
+{
+public:
+    // ctors and such
+    wxFindReplaceDialog() { Init(); }
+    wxFindReplaceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
+                        wxFindReplaceData *data,
+                        const wxString &title,
+                        int style = 0);
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxFindReplaceData *data,
+                const wxString &title,
+                int style = 0);
+
+    virtual ~wxFindReplaceDialog();
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+
+    wxFindReplaceDialogImpl *GetImpl() const { return m_impl; }
+
+    // override some base class virtuals
+    virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
+    virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title);
+    virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
+
+protected:
+    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
+                           int width, int height,
+                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
+
+    void Init();
+
+    wxString                m_title;
+
+    wxFindReplaceDialogImpl *m_impl;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialog)
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialog)
+};
+
+

include/wx/palmos/filedlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/filedlg.h
+// Purpose:     wxFileDialog class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_
+#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "filedlg.h"
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFileDialog
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase
+{
+public:
+    wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
+                 const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
+                 const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
+                 const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
+                 const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
+                 long style = 0,
+                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
+
+    virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
+    virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
+    virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const;
+
+    virtual int ShowModal();
+
+private:
+    wxArrayString m_fileNames;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/font.h

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        font.h
+// Purpose:     wxFont class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/14/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_
+#define _WX_FONT_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "font.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <wx/gdicmn.h>
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFont
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont : public wxFontBase
+{
+public:
+    // ctors and such
+    wxFont() { Init(); }
+    wxFont(const wxFont& font) : wxFontBase(font) { Init(); Ref(font); }
+
+    wxFont(int size,
+           int family,
+           int style,
+           int weight,
+           bool underlined = false,
+           const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+           wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        (void)Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
+    }
+
+    wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize,
+           int family,
+           int style,
+           int weight,
+           bool underlined = false,
+           const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+           wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        (void)Create(pixelSize, family, style, weight,
+                     underlined, face, encoding);
+    }
+
+    wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info, WXHFONT hFont = 0)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(info, hFont);
+    }
+
+    wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc);
+
+    bool Create(int size,
+                int family,
+                int style,
+                int weight,
+                bool underlined = false,
+                const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+                wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
+    {
+        return DoCreate(size, wxDefaultSize, false, family, style,
+                        weight, underlined, face, encoding);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(const wxSize& pixelSize,
+                int family,
+                int style,
+                int weight,
+                bool underlined = false,
+                const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+                wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
+    {
+        return DoCreate(-1, pixelSize, true, family, style,
+                        weight, underlined, face, encoding);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info, WXHFONT hFont = 0);
+
+    virtual ~wxFont();
+
+    // assignment
+    wxFont& operator=(const wxFont& font);
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual int GetPointSize() const;
+    virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const;
+    virtual bool IsUsingSizeInPixels() const;
+    virtual int GetFamily() const;
+    virtual int GetStyle() const;
+    virtual int GetWeight() const;
+    virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
+    virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
+    virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
+    virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
+
+    virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
+    virtual void SetPixelSize(const wxSize& pixelSize);
+    virtual void SetFamily(int family);
+    virtual void SetStyle(int style);
+    virtual void SetWeight(int weight);
+    virtual void SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
+    virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
+    virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
+
+    virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const;
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    // -------------------------------
+
+    virtual bool IsFree() const;
+    virtual bool RealizeResource();
+    virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const;
+    virtual bool FreeResource(bool force = false);
+
+    // for consistency with other wxMSW classes
+    WXHFONT GetHFONT() const;
+
+    /*
+       virtual bool UseResource();
+       virtual bool ReleaseResource();
+     */
+
+protected:
+    // real font creation function, used in all cases
+    bool DoCreate(int size,
+                  const wxSize& pixelSize,
+                  bool sizeUsingPixels,
+                  int family,
+                  int style,
+                  int weight,
+                  bool underlined = false,
+                  const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+                  wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
+
+    virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
+
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    void Unshare();
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_FONT_H_

include/wx/palmos/fontdlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        fontdlg.h
+// Purpose:     wxFontDialog class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALMOS_FONTDLG_H_
+#define _WX_PALMOS_FONTDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "fontdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFontDialog
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontDialog : public wxFontDialogBase
+{
+public:
+    wxFontDialog() : wxFontDialogBase() { /* must be Create()d later */ }
+    wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent)
+        : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Create(parent); }
+    wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data)
+        : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Create(parent, data); }
+
+    virtual int ShowModal();
+
+    // deprecated interface, don't use
+    wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data)
+        : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Create(parent, data); }
+
+protected:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFontDialog)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_PALMOS_FONTDLG_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/fontenum.h

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        fontenum.h
+// Purpose:     wxFontEnumerator class for Palm OS
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FONTENUM_H_
+#define _WX_FONTENUM_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "fontenum.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * wxFontEnumerator: for gathering font information
+ */
+
+class wxFontEnumerator: public wxObject
+{
+DECLARE_CLASS(wxFontEnumerator)
+public:
+    wxFontEnumerator() {};
+
+    // Enumerate the fonts.
+    bool Enumerate();
+
+    // Stop enumeration if FALSE is returned.
+    // By default, the enumerator stores the facenames in a list for
+    // retrieval via GetFacenames().
+    virtual bool OnFont(const wxFont& font);
+
+    // Return the list of facenames.
+    wxStringList& GetFacenames() { return (wxStringList&) m_faceNames; }
+protected:
+    wxStringList    m_faceNames;
+};
+
+#endif
+  // _WX_FONTENUM_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/frame.h

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/frame.h
+// Purpose:     wxFrame class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_
+#define _WX_FRAME_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "frame.h"
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame : public wxFrameBase
+{
+public:
+    // construction
+    wxFrame() { Init(); }
+    wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
+               wxWindowID id,
+               const wxString& title,
+               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+               long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+               const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString& title,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
+
+    virtual ~wxFrame();
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL);
+    virtual void Raise();
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    // -------------------------------
+
+    // event handlers
+    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
+    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);    
+
+    // Toolbar
+#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+    virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
+                                     wxWindowID id = -1,
+                                     const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
+
+    virtual void PositionToolBar();
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+
+    // Status bar
+#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
+    virtual wxStatusBar* OnCreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
+                                           long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
+                                           wxWindowID id = 0,
+                                           const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr);
+
+    virtual void PositionStatusBar();
+
+    // Hint to tell framework which status bar to use: the default is to use
+    // native one for the platforms which support it (Win32), the generic one
+    // otherwise
+
+    // TODO: should this go into a wxFrameworkSettings class perhaps?
+    static void UseNativeStatusBar(bool useNative)
+        { m_useNativeStatusBar = useNative; };
+    static bool UsesNativeStatusBar()
+        { return m_useNativeStatusBar; };
+#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
+
+    WXHMENU GetWinMenu() const { return m_hMenu; }
+
+    // event handlers
+    bool HandlePaint();
+    bool HandleSize(int x, int y, WXUINT flag);
+    bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control);
+    bool HandleMenuLoop(const wxEventType& evtType, WXWORD isPopup);
+
+    // tooltip management
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+    WXHWND GetToolTipCtrl() const { return m_hwndToolTip; }
+    void SetToolTipCtrl(WXHWND hwndTT) { m_hwndToolTip = hwndTT; }
+#endif // tooltips
+
+    // a MSW only function which sends a size event to the window using its
+    // current size - this has an effect of refreshing the window layout
+    virtual void SendSizeEvent();
+
+    virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+    bool HandleMenuOpen();
+    bool HandleMenuSelect(int ItemID);
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+ 
+protected:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    // override base class virtuals
+    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+    // perform MSW-specific action when menubar is changed
+    virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
+
+    // a plug in for MDI frame classes which need to do something special when
+    // the menubar is set
+    virtual void InternalSetMenuBar();
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+    // propagate our state change to all child frames
+    void IconizeChildFrames(bool bIconize);
+
+    // we add menu bar accel processing
+    bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg);
+
+    // window proc for the frames
+    WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+    // handle WM_INITMENUPOPUP message
+    bool HandleInitMenuPopup(WXHMENU hMenu);
+
+    virtual bool IsMDIChild() const { return FALSE; }
+
+    // get default (wxWidgets) icon for the frame
+    virtual WXHICON GetDefaultIcon() const;
+
+#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
+    static bool           m_useNativeStatusBar;
+    wxStatusBar              *StatusBar;
+#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
+
+    // Data to save/restore when calling ShowFullScreen
+    int                   m_fsStatusBarFields; // 0 for no status bar
+    int                   m_fsStatusBarHeight;
+    int                   m_fsToolBarHeight;
+
+private:
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+    WXHWND                m_hwndToolTip;
+#endif // tooltips
+
+    // used by IconizeChildFrames(), see comments there
+    bool m_wasMinimized;
+    
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFrame)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_FRAME_H_

include/wx/palmos/gauge.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        gauge.h
+// Purpose:     wxGauge class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _GAUGE_H_
+#define _GAUGE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "gauge95.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_GAUGE
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxGaugeNameStr;
+
+// Group box
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge : public wxGaugeBase
+{
+public:
+    wxGauge() { }
+
+    wxGauge(wxWindow *parent,
+              wxWindowID id,
+              int range,
+              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+              long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
+              const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+              const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
+    {
+        (void)Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                int range,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
+
+    // set gauge range/value
+    virtual void SetRange(int range);
+    virtual void SetValue(int pos);
+
+    // overriden base class virtuals
+    virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col);
+    virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
+
+protected:
+    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGauge)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
+
+#endif
+    // _GAUGE_H_

include/wx/palmos/gccpriv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
+/* MinGW w32api specific stuff */
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_
+#define _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_
+
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__)
+    #define __GNUWIN32__
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __MINGW32__ ) && !defined(__WINE__) && !defined( HAVE_W32API_H )
+    #if ( __GNUC__ > 2 ) || ( ( __GNUC__ == 2 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95 ) )
+        #include <_mingw.h>
+        #if __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1
+            #define HAVE_W32API_H
+        #endif
+    #endif
+#elif defined( __CYGWIN__ ) && !defined( HAVE_W32API_H )
+    #if ( __GNUC__ > 2 ) 
+        #define HAVE_W32API_H
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1200) 
+    #define HAVE_W32API_H
+#endif
+
+/* check for MinGW/Cygwin w32api version ( releases >= 0.5, only ) */
+#if defined( HAVE_W32API_H )
+#include <w32api.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Watcom can't handle defined(xxx) here: */
+#if defined(__W32API_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined(__W32API_MINOR_VERSION)
+    #define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( major, minor ) \
+ ( ( ( __W32API_MAJOR_VERSION > (major) ) \
+      || ( __W32API_MAJOR_VERSION == (major) && __W32API_MINOR_VERSION >= (minor) ) ) )
+#else
+    #define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( major, minor ) (0)
+#endif
+
+/* Cygwin / Mingw32 with gcc >= 2.95 use new windows headers which
+   are more ms-like (header author is Anders Norlander, hence the name) */
+#if (defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__WINE__)) && ((__GNUC__>2) || ((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95)))
+    #ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
+        #define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 1
+    #endif
+#else
+    #ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
+        #define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 0
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+/* "old" GNUWIN32 is the one without Norlander's headers: it lacks the
+   standard Win32 headers and we define the used stuff ourselves for it
+   in wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
+    #define __GNUWIN32_OLD__
+#endif
+
+/* Cygwin 1.0 */
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && ((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__==9))
+    #define __CYGWIN10__
+#endif
+
+/* Mingw runtime 1.0-20010604 has some missing _tXXXX functions,
+   so let's define them ourselves: */
+#if defined(__GNUWIN32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 ) \
+    && !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 1 )
+    #ifndef _tsetlocale
+      #if wxUSE_UNICODE
+      #define _tsetlocale _wsetlocale
+      #else
+      #define _tsetlocale setlocale
+      #endif
+    #endif
+    #ifndef _tgetenv
+      #if wxUSE_UNICODE
+      #define _tgetenv _wgetenv
+      #else
+      #define _tgetenv getenv
+      #endif
+    #endif
+    #ifndef _tfopen
+      #if wxUSE_UNICODE
+      #define _tfopen _wfopen
+      #else
+      #define _tfopen fopen
+      #endif
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+// current mingw32 headers forget to define _puttchar, this will probably be
+// fixed in the next versions but for now do it ourselves
+#if defined( __MINGW32__ ) && !defined( _puttchar )
+    #ifdef wxUSE_UNICODE
+        #define  _puttchar   putwchar
+    #else
+        #define  _puttchar   puttchar
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif
+  /* _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_ */

include/wx/palmos/gdiimage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        include/wx/palmos/gdiimage.h
+// Purpose:     wxGDIImage class: base class for wxBitmap, wxIcon, wxCursor
+//              under Palm OS
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// NB: this is a private header, it is not intended to be directly included by
+//     user code (but may be included from other, public, wxWin headers
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALMOS_GDIIMAGE_H_
+#define _WX_PALMOS_GDIIMAGE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "gdiimage.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"          // base class
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"          // wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
+#include "wx/list.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImageRefData;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImageHandler;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImage;
+
+WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxGDIImageHandler, wxGDIImageHandlerList);
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGDIImageRefData: common data fields for all derived classes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImageRefData : public wxGDIRefData
+{
+public:
+    wxGDIImageRefData()
+    {
+        m_width = m_height = m_depth = 0;
+
+        m_handle = 0;
+    }
+
+    // accessors
+    bool IsOk() const { return m_handle != 0; }
+
+    void SetSize(int w, int h) { m_width = w; m_height = h; }
+
+    // free the ressources we allocated
+    virtual void Free() = 0;
+
+    // for compatibility, the member fields are public
+
+    // the size of the image
+    int m_width, m_height;
+
+    // the depth of the image
+    int m_depth;
+
+    // the handle to it
+    union
+    {
+        WXHANDLE  m_handle;     // for untyped access
+        WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap;
+        WXHICON   m_hIcon;
+        WXHCURSOR m_hCursor;
+    };
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGDIImageHandler: a class which knows how to load/save wxGDIImages.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImageHandler : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    // ctor
+    wxGDIImageHandler() { m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; }
+    wxGDIImageHandler(const wxString& name,
+                      const wxString& ext,
+                      long type)
+        : m_name(name), m_extension(ext)
+    {
+        m_type = type;
+    }
+
+    // accessors
+    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
+    void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
+    void SetType(long type) { m_type = type; }
+
+    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
+    wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
+    long GetType() const { return m_type; }
+
+    // real handler operations: to implement in derived classes
+    virtual bool Create(wxGDIImage *image,
+                        void *data,
+                        long flags,
+                        int width, int height, int depth = 1) = 0;
+    virtual bool Load(wxGDIImage *image,
+                      const wxString& name,
+                      long flags,
+                      int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight) = 0;
+    virtual bool Save(wxGDIImage *image,
+                      const wxString& name,
+                      int type) = 0;
+
+protected:
+    wxString  m_name;
+    wxString  m_extension;
+    long      m_type;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGDIImage: this class supports GDI image handlers which may be registered
+// dynamically and will be used for loading/saving the images in the specified
+// format. It also falls back to wxImage if no appropriate image is found.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImage : public wxGDIObject
+{
+public:
+    // handlers list interface
+    static wxGDIImageHandlerList& GetHandlers() { return ms_handlers; }
+
+    static void AddHandler(wxGDIImageHandler *handler);
+    static void InsertHandler(wxGDIImageHandler *handler);
+    static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
+
+    static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
+    static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, long type);
+    static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(long type);
+
+    static void InitStandardHandlers();
+    static void CleanUpHandlers();
+
+    // access to the ref data casted to the right type
+    wxGDIImageRefData *GetGDIImageData() const
+        { return (wxGDIImageRefData *)m_refData; }
+
+    // create data if we don't have it yet
+    void EnsureHasData() { if ( IsNull() ) m_refData = CreateData(); }
+
+    // accessors
+    WXHANDLE GetHandle() const
+        { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_handle; }
+    void SetHandle(WXHANDLE handle)
+        { EnsureHasData(); GetGDIImageData()->m_handle = handle; }
+
+    bool Ok() const { return GetHandle() != 0; }
+
+    int GetWidth() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_width; }
+    int GetHeight() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_height; }
+    int GetDepth() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_depth; }
+
+    void SetWidth(int w) { EnsureHasData(); GetGDIImageData()->m_width = w; }
+    void SetHeight(int h) { EnsureHasData(); GetGDIImageData()->m_height = h; }
+    void SetDepth(int d) { EnsureHasData(); GetGDIImageData()->m_depth = d; }
+
+    void SetSize(int w, int h)
+    {
+        EnsureHasData();
+        GetGDIImageData()->SetSize(w, h);
+    }
+    void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { SetSize(size.x, size.y); }
+
+    // forward some of base class virtuals to wxGDIImageRefData
+    bool FreeResource(bool force = FALSE);
+    virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const;
+
+protected:
+    // create the data for the derived class here
+    virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const = 0;
+
+    static wxGDIImageHandlerList ms_handlers;
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_PALMOS_GDIIMAGE_H_

include/wx/palmos/gdiobj.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/gdiobj.h
+// Purpose:     wxGDIObject class: base class for other GDI classes
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
+#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "gdiobj.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/object.h"  // base class
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGDIRefData is the base class for wxXXXData structures which contain the
+// real data for the GDI object and are shared among all wxWin objects sharing
+// the same native GDI object
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIRefData : public wxObjectRefData
+{
+    // this class is intentionally left blank
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGDIObject
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIObject : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxGDIObject() { m_visible = FALSE; };
+
+    // Creates the resource
+    virtual bool RealizeResource() { return FALSE; };
+
+    // Frees the resource
+    virtual bool FreeResource(bool WXUNUSED(force) = FALSE) { return FALSE; }
+
+    virtual bool IsFree() const { return FALSE; }
+
+    bool IsNull() const { return (m_refData == 0); }
+
+    // Returns handle.
+    virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const { return 0; }
+
+    virtual bool GetVisible() { return m_visible; }
+    virtual void SetVisible(bool v) { m_visible = v; }
+
+protected:
+    bool m_visible; // TRUE only if we should delete this object ourselves
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_GDIOBJ_H_

include/wx/palmos/glcanvas.h

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/glcanvas.h
+// Purpose:     wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL with wxWidgets under Palm OS
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "glcanvas.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
+#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
+
+#include "wx/palette.h"
+#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
+
+#include <GL/gl.h>
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Constants for attriblist
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The generic GL implementation doesn't support most of these options,
+// such as stereo, auxiliary buffers, alpha channel, and accum buffer.
+// Other implementations may actually support them.
+
+enum
+{
+    WX_GL_RGBA=1,          /* use true color palette */
+    WX_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,     /* bits for buffer if not WX_GL_RGBA */
+    WX_GL_LEVEL,           /* 0 for main buffer, >0 for overlay, <0 for underlay */
+    WX_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,    /* use doublebuffer */
+    WX_GL_STEREO,          /* use stereoscopic display */
+    WX_GL_AUX_BUFFERS,     /* number of auxiliary buffers */
+    WX_GL_MIN_RED,         /* use red buffer with most bits (> MIN_RED bits) */
+    WX_GL_MIN_GREEN,       /* use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_GREEN bits) */
+    WX_GL_MIN_BLUE,        /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_BLUE bits) */
+    WX_GL_MIN_ALPHA,       /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ALPHA bits) */
+    WX_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,      /* bits for Z-buffer (0,16,32) */
+    WX_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,    /* bits for stencil buffer */
+    WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_RED,   /* use red accum buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_RED bits) */
+    WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_GREEN, /* use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_GREEN bits) */
+    WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_BLUE,  /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_BLUE bits) */
+    WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA  /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA bits) */
+};
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas;     /* forward reference */
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext: public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxGLContext(bool isRGB, wxGLCanvas *win, const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
+
+    wxGLContext( bool isRGB, wxGLCanvas *win,
+        const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette),
+        const wxGLContext *other /* for sharing display lists */ );
+
+    ~wxGLContext();
+
+
+    void SetCurrent();
+
+    void SetColour(const wxChar *colour);
+
+    void SwapBuffers();
+
+
+    inline wxWindow* GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
+
+    inline WXHDC GetHDC() const { return m_hDC; }
+
+    inline HGLRC GetGLRC() const { return m_glContext; }
+
+public:
+    HGLRC            m_glContext;
+    WXHDC            m_hDC;
+    wxWindow*        m_window;
+};
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas: public wxWindow
+{
+    DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas)
+public:
+    wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
+        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
+        const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, int *attribList = 0,
+        const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
+
+    wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
+        const wxGLContext *shared = (wxGLContext *) NULL,
+        wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
+        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+        long style = 0,
+        const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
+        int *attribList = (int *) NULL,
+        const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
+
+    wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
+        const wxGLCanvas *shared = (wxGLCanvas *)NULL,
+        wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
+        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+        long style = 0,
+        const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
+        int *attribList = 0,
+        const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
+
+    ~wxGLCanvas();
+
+    // Replaces wxWindow::Create functionality, since
+    // we need to use a different window class
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+        const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+        long style, const wxString& name);
+
+    void SetCurrent();
+
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    virtual bool SetCurrent(bool doit) { return wxWindow::SetCurrent(doit); };
+#endif
+
+    void SetColour(const wxChar *colour);
+
+    void SwapBuffers();
+
+    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
+
+    void OnQueryNewPalette(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent& event);
+
+    void OnPaletteChanged(wxPaletteChangedEvent& event);
+
+    inline wxGLContext* GetContext() const { return m_glContext; }
+
+    inline WXHDC GetHDC() const { return m_hDC; }
+
+    void SetupPixelFormat(int *attribList = (int *) NULL);
+
+    void SetupPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
+
+    wxPalette CreateDefaultPalette();
+
+    inline wxPalette* GetPalette() const { return (wxPalette *) &m_palette; }
+
+protected:
+    wxGLContext*   m_glContext;  // this is typedef-ed ptr, in fact
+    wxPalette      m_palette;
+    WXHDC          m_hDC;
+
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/help.h

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        helpwin.h
+// Purpose:     Help system: WinHelp implementation
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_HELP_H_
+#define _WX_HELP_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "help.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_HELP
+
+#include "wx/helpbase.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalmHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase
+{
+    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPalmHelpController)
+
+public:
+    wxPalmHelpController() {};
+    ~wxPalmHelpController() {};
+
+    // Must call this to set the filename
+    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
+    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize( file ); }
+
+    // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
+    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
+    virtual bool DisplayContents();
+    virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
+    virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return KeywordSearch(section); }
+    virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
+    virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId);
+    virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
+                               wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
+    virtual bool Quit();
+
+    inline wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; }
+
+protected:
+    // Append extension if necessary.
+    wxString GetValidFilename(const wxString& file) const;
+    
+private:
+    wxString m_helpFile;
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_HELP
+#endif
+// _WX_HELP_H_

include/wx/palmos/icon.h

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/icon.h
+// Purpose:     wxIcon class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_
+#define _WX_ICON_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "icon.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/palmos/gdiimage.h"
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// icon data
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// notice that although wxIconRefData inherits from wxBitmapRefData, it is not
+// a valid wxBitmapRefData
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIconRefData : public wxGDIImageRefData
+{
+public:
+    wxIconRefData() { }
+    virtual ~wxIconRefData() { Free(); }
+
+    virtual void Free();
+};
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Icon
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon : public wxGDIImage
+{
+public:
+    // ctors
+        // default
+    wxIcon() { }
+
+        // copy
+    wxIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { Ref(icon); }
+
+        // from raw data
+    wxIcon(const char bits[], int width, int height);
+
+        // from XPM data
+    wxIcon(const char **data) { CreateIconFromXpm(data); }
+
+    wxIcon(char **data) { CreateIconFromXpm((const char **)data); }
+
+        // from resource/file
+    wxIcon(const wxString& name,
+           long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
+           int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
+
+    wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc);
+
+    virtual ~wxIcon();
+
+    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name,
+                          long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
+                          int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
+
+    wxIcon& operator = (const wxIcon& icon)
+        { if ( *this != icon ) Ref(icon); return *this; }
+    bool operator == (const wxIcon& icon) const
+        { return m_refData == icon.m_refData; }
+    bool operator != (const wxIcon& icon) const
+        { return m_refData != icon.m_refData; }
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    wxIconRefData *GetIconData() const { return (wxIconRefData *)m_refData; }
+
+    void SetHICON(WXHICON icon) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)icon); }
+    WXHICON GetHICON() const { return (WXHICON)GetHandle(); }
+
+    // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome):
+    // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no
+    // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function
+    void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
+
+protected:
+    virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const
+    {
+        return new wxIconRefData;
+    }
+
+    // create from XPM data
+    void CreateIconFromXpm(const char **data);
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_ICON_H_

include/wx/palmos/imaglist.h

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/imaglist.h
+// Purpose:     wxImageList class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
+#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "imaglist.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+
+/*
+ * wxImageList is used for wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl. These controls refer to
+ * images for their items by an index into an image list.
+ * A wxImageList is capable of creating images with optional masks from
+ * a variety of sources - a single bitmap plus a colour to indicate the mask,
+ * two bitmaps, or an icon.
+ *
+ * Image lists can also create and draw images used for drag and drop functionality.
+ * This is not yet implemented in wxImageList. We need to discuss a generic API
+ * for doing drag and drop and see whether it ties in with the Win95 view of it.
+ * See below for candidate functions and an explanation of how they might be
+ * used.
+ */
+
+// Flags for Draw
+#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL         0x0001
+#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT    0x0002
+#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_SELECTED       0x0004
+#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_FOCUSED        0x0008
+
+// Flag values for Set/GetImageList
+enum {
+    wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL, // Normal icons
+    wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL,  // Small icons
+    wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE   // State icons: unimplemented (see WIN32 documentation)
+};
+
+// Eventually we'll make this a reference-counted wxGDIObject. For
+// now, the app must take care of ownership issues. That is, the
+// image lists must be explicitly deleted after the control(s) that uses them
+// is (are) deleted, or when the app exits.
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+  /*
+   * Public interface
+   */
+
+  wxImageList();
+
+  // Creates an image list.
+  // Specify the width and height of the images in the list,
+  // whether there are masks associated with them (e.g. if creating images
+  // from icons), and the initial size of the list.
+  wxImageList(int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1)
+  {
+    Create(width, height, mask, initialCount);
+  }
+  ~wxImageList();
+
+
+  // Attributes
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // Returns the number of images in the image list.
+  int GetImageCount() const;
+
+  // Returns the size (same for all images) of the images in the list
+  bool GetSize(int index, int &width, int &height) const;
+
+  // Operations
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // Creates an image list
+  // width, height specify the size of the images in the list (all the same).
+  // mask specifies whether the images have masks or not.
+  // initialNumber is the initial number of images to reserve.
+  bool Create(int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialNumber = 1);
+
+  // Adds a bitmap, and optionally a mask bitmap.
+  // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
+  // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Add.
+  int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
+
+  // Adds a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
+  // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
+  // 'bitmap' after calling Add.
+  int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
+
+  // Adds a bitmap and mask from an icon.
+  int Add(const wxIcon& icon);
+
+  // Replaces a bitmap, optionally passing a mask bitmap.
+  // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
+  // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Replace.
+  bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
+
+/* Not supported by Win95
+  // Replacing a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
+  // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
+  // 'bitmap'.
+  bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
+*/
+
+  // Replaces a bitmap and mask from an icon.
+  // You can delete 'icon' after calling Replace.
+  bool Replace(int index, const wxIcon& icon);
+
+  // Removes the image at the given index.
+  bool Remove(int index);
+
+  // Remove all images
+  bool RemoveAll();
+
+  // Draws the given image on a dc at the specified position.
+  // If 'solidBackground' is TRUE, Draw sets the image list background
+  // colour to the background colour of the wxDC, to speed up
+  // drawing by eliminating masked drawing where possible.
+  bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
+            int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,
+            bool solidBackground = FALSE);
+
+  // TODO: miscellaneous functionality
+/*
+  wxIcon *MakeIcon(int index);
+  bool SetOverlayImage(int index, int overlayMask);
+
+*/
+
+  // TODO: Drag-and-drop related functionality.
+
+#if 0
+  // Creates a new drag image by combining the given image (typically a mouse cursor image)
+  // with the current drag image.
+  bool SetDragCursorImage(int index, const wxPoint& hotSpot);
+
+  // If successful, returns a pointer to the temporary image list that is used for dragging;
+  // otherwise, NULL.
+  // dragPos: receives the current drag position.
+  // hotSpot: receives the offset of the drag image relative to the drag position.
+  static wxImageList *GetDragImageList(wxPoint& dragPos, wxPoint& hotSpot);
+
+  // Call this function to begin dragging an image. This function creates a temporary image list
+  // that is used for dragging. The image combines the specified image and its mask with the
+  // current cursor. In response to subsequent mouse move messages, you can move the drag image
+  // by using the DragMove member function. To end the drag operation, you can use the EndDrag
+  // member function.
+  bool BeginDrag(int index, const wxPoint& hotSpot);
+
+  // Ends a drag operation.
+  bool EndDrag();
+
+  // Call this function to move the image that is being dragged during a drag-and-drop operation.
+  // This function is typically called in response to a mouse move message. To begin a drag
+  // operation, use the BeginDrag member function.
+  static bool DragMove(const wxPoint& point);
+
+  // During a drag operation, locks updates to the window specified by lockWindow and displays
+  // the drag image at the position specified by point.
+  // The coordinates are relative to the window's upper left corner, so you must compensate
+  // for the widths of window elements, such as the border, title bar, and menu bar, when
+  // specifying the coordinates.
+  // If lockWindow is NULL, this function draws the image in the display context associated
+  // with the desktop window, and coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the screen.
+  // This function locks all other updates to the given window during the drag operation.
+  // If you need to do any drawing during a drag operation, such as highlighting the target
+  // of a drag-and-drop operation, you can temporarily hide the dragged image by using the
+  // wxImageList::DragLeave function.
+
+  // lockWindow: pointer to the window that owns the drag image.
+  // point:      position at which to display the drag image. Coordinates are relative to the
+  //             upper left corner of the window (not the client area).
+
+  static bool DragEnter( wxWindow *lockWindow, const wxPoint& point );
+
+  // Unlocks the window specified by pWndLock and hides the drag image, allowing the
+  // window to be updated.
+  static bool DragLeave( wxWindow *lockWindow );
+
+  /* Here's roughly how you'd use these functions if implemented in this Win95-like way:
+
+  1) Starting to drag:
+
+  wxImageList *dragImageList = new wxImageList(16, 16, TRUE);
+  dragImageList->Add(myDragImage); // Provide an image to combine with the current cursor
+  dragImageList->BeginDrag(0, wxPoint(0, 0));
+  wxShowCursor(FALSE);        // wxShowCursor not yet implemented in wxWin
+  myWindow->CaptureMouse();
+
+  2) Dragging:
+
+  // Called within mouse move event. Could also use dragImageList instead of assuming
+  // these are static functions.
+  // These two functions could possibly be combined into one, since DragEnter is
+  // a bit obscure.
+  wxImageList::DragMove(wxPoint(x, y));  // x, y are current cursor position
+  wxImageList::DragEnter(NULL, wxPoint(x, y)); // NULL assumes dragging across whole screen
+
+  3) Finishing dragging:
+
+  dragImageList->EndDrag();
+  myWindow->ReleaseMouse();
+  wxShowCursor(TRUE);
+*/
+
+#endif
+
+  // Implementation
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // Returns the native image list handle
+  WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; }
+
+protected:
+  WXHIMAGELIST m_hImageList;
+
+  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_

include/wx/palmos/iniconf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        include/wx/palmos/iniconf.h
+// Purpose:     INI-file based wxConfigBase implementation
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef   _INICONF_H
+#define   _INICONF_H
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxIniConfig is a wxConfig implementation which uses MS Windows INI files to
+// store the data. Because INI files don't really support arbitrary nesting of
+// groups, we do the following:
+//  (1) in win.ini file we store all entries in the [vendor] section and
+//      the value group1/group2/key is mapped to the value group1_group2_key
+//      in this section, i.e. all path separators are replaced with underscore
+//  (2) in appname.ini file we map group1/group2/group3/key to the entry
+//      group2_group3_key in [group1]
+//
+// Of course, it might lead to indesirable results if '_' is also used in key
+// names (i.e. group/key is the same as group_key) and also GetPath() result
+// may be not what you would expect it to be.
+//
+// Another limitation: the keys and section names are never case-sensitive
+// which might differ from wxFileConfig it it was compiled with
+// wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE option.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// for this class, "local" file is the file appname.ini and the global file
+// is the [vendor] subsection of win.ini (default for "vendor" is to be the
+// same as appname). The file name (strAppName parameter) may, in fact,
+// contain the full path to the file. If it doesn't, the file is searched for
+// in the Windows directory.
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIniConfig : public wxConfigBase
+{
+public:
+  // ctor & dtor
+    // if strAppName doesn't contain the extension and is not an absolute path,
+    // ".ini" is appended to it. if strVendor is empty, it's taken to be the
+    // same as strAppName.
+  wxIniConfig(const wxString& strAppName = wxEmptyString, const wxString& strVendor = wxEmptyString,
+    const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString, const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString, long style = wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE);
+  virtual ~wxIniConfig();
+
+  // implement inherited pure virtual functions
+  virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath);
+  virtual const wxString& GetPath() const;
+
+  virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
+  virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
+  virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
+  virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
+
+  virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = FALSE) const;
+  virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = FALSE) const;
+
+  virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const;
+  virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const;
+
+  // return TRUE if the current group is empty
+  bool IsEmpty() const;
+
+  virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = FALSE);
+
+  virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
+  virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
+
+  virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& Key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = TRUE);
+  virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& szKey);
+  virtual bool DeleteAll();
+
+protected:
+  // read/write
+  bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const;
+  bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *plResult) const;
+
+  bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue);
+  bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue);
+
+private:
+  // helpers
+  wxString GetPrivateKeyName(const wxString& szKey) const;
+  wxString GetKeyName(const wxString& szKey) const;
+
+  wxString m_strLocalFilename;  // name of the private INI file
+  wxString m_strGroup,    // current group in appname.ini file
+           m_strPath;     // the rest of the path (no trailing '_'!)
+};
+
+#endif  //_INICONF_H

include/wx/palmos/joystick.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        joystick.h
+// Purpose:     wxJoystick class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
+#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "joystick.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/event.h"
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxJoystick: public wxObject
+{
+  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick)
+ public:
+  /*
+   * Public interface
+   */
+
+  wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1);
+
+  // Attributes
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  wxPoint GetPosition(void) const;
+  int GetZPosition(void) const;
+  int GetButtonState(void) const;
+  int GetPOVPosition(void) const;
+  int GetPOVCTSPosition(void) const;
+  int GetRudderPosition(void) const;
+  int GetUPosition(void) const;
+  int GetVPosition(void) const;
+  int GetMovementThreshold(void) const;
+  void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ;
+
+  // Capabilities
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  static int GetNumberJoysticks(void);
+
+  bool IsOk(void) const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning
+  int GetManufacturerId(void) const ;
+  int GetProductId(void) const ;
+  wxString GetProductName(void) const ;
+  int GetXMin(void) const;
+  int GetYMin(void) const;
+  int GetZMin(void) const;
+  int GetXMax(void) const;
+  int GetYMax(void) const;
+  int GetZMax(void) const;
+  int GetNumberButtons(void) const;
+  int GetNumberAxes(void) const;
+  int GetMaxButtons(void) const;
+  int GetMaxAxes(void) const;
+  int GetPollingMin(void) const;
+  int GetPollingMax(void) const;
+  int GetRudderMin(void) const;
+  int GetRudderMax(void) const;
+  int GetUMin(void) const;
+  int GetUMax(void) const;
+  int GetVMin(void) const;
+  int GetVMax(void) const;
+
+  bool HasRudder(void) const;
+  bool HasZ(void) const;
+  bool HasU(void) const;
+  bool HasV(void) const;
+  bool HasPOV(void) const;
+  bool HasPOV4Dir(void) const;
+  bool HasPOVCTS(void) const;
+
+  // Operations
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold.
+  // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds.
+  bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0);
+  bool ReleaseCapture(void);
+
+protected:
+  int       m_joystick;
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_

include/wx/palmos/listbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/listbox.h
+// Purpose:     wxListBox class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_
+#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "listbox.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// simple types
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+  class WXDLLEXPORT wxOwnerDrawn;
+
+  // define the array of list box items
+  #include  "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+  WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxOwnerDrawn *, wxListBoxItemsArray);
+#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+// forward decl for GetSelections()
+class wxArrayInt;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// List box control
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase
+{
+public:
+    // ctors and such
+    wxListBox();
+    wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+            int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+            long style = 0,
+            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+            const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
+    }
+    wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+            const wxPoint& pos,
+            const wxSize& size,
+            const wxArrayString& choices,
+            long style = 0,
+            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+            const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+                const wxPoint& pos,
+                const wxSize& size,
+                const wxArrayString& choices,
+                long style = 0,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
+
+    virtual ~wxListBox();
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual void Clear();
+    virtual void Delete(int n);
+
+    virtual int GetCount() const;
+    virtual wxString GetString(int n) const;
+    virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& s);
+    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
+
+    virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const;
+    virtual void SetSelection(int n, bool select = TRUE);
+    virtual int GetSelection() const;
+    virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
+
+    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
+    virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, int pos);
+    virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
+
+    virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
+
+    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(int n, void* clientData);
+    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(int n) const;
+    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(int n, wxClientData* clientData);
+    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(int n) const;
+
+    // wxCheckListBox support
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    bool MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item);
+    bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
+
+    // plug-in for derived classes
+    virtual wxOwnerDrawn *CreateLboxItem(size_t n);
+
+    // allows to get the item and use SetXXX functions to set it's appearance
+    wxOwnerDrawn *GetItem(size_t n) const { return m_aItems[n]; }
+
+    // get the index of the given item
+    int GetItemIndex(wxOwnerDrawn *item) const { return m_aItems.Index(item); }
+#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+    // Windows-specific code to set the horizontal extent of the listbox, if
+    // necessary. If s is non-NULL, it's used to calculate the horizontal
+    // extent. Otherwise, all strings are used.
+    virtual void SetHorizontalExtent(const wxString& s = wxEmptyString);
+
+    // Windows callbacks
+    bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
+
+    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
+    {
+        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
+    }
+
+    static wxVisualAttributes
+    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL)
+    {
+        return GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(variant);
+    }
+
+protected:
+    WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
+
+    // free memory (common part of Clear() and dtor)
+    void Free();
+
+    int m_noItems;
+    int m_selected;
+
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    // control items
+    wxListBoxItemsArray m_aItems;
+#endif
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListBox)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_LISTBOX_H_

include/wx/palmos/listctrl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/listctrl.h
+// Purpose:     wxListCtrl class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
+#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "listctrl.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/event.h"
+#include "wx/hash.h"
+#include "wx/textctrl.h"
+
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList;
+
+/*
+    The wxListCtrl can show lists of items in four different modes:
+    wxLC_LIST:   multicolumn list view, with optional small icons (icons could be
+                 optional for some platforms). Columns are computed automatically,
+                 i.e. you don't set columns as in wxLC_REPORT. In other words,
+                 the list wraps, unlike a wxListBox.
+    wxLC_REPORT: single or multicolumn report view (with optional header)
+    wxLC_ICON:   large icon view, with optional labels
+    wxLC_SMALL_ICON: small icon view, with optional labels
+
+    You can change the style dynamically, either with SetSingleStyle or
+    SetWindowStyleFlag.
+
+    Further window styles:
+
+    wxLC_ALIGN_TOP          icons align to the top (default)
+    wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT         icons align to the left
+    wxLC_AUTOARRANGE        icons arrange themselves
+    wxLC_USER_TEXT          the app provides label text on demand, except for column headers
+    wxLC_EDIT_LABELS        labels are editable: app will be notified.
+    wxLC_NO_HEADER          no header in report mode
+    wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER     can't click on header
+    wxLC_SINGLE_SEL         single selection
+    wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING     sort ascending (must still supply a comparison callback in SortItems)
+    wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING    sort descending (ditto)
+
+    Items are referred to by their index (position in the list starting from zero).
+
+    Label text is supplied via insertion/setting functions and is stored by the
+    control, unless the wxLC_USER_TEXT style has been specified, in which case
+    the app will be notified when text is required (see sample).
+
+    Images are dealt with by (optionally) associating 3 image lists with the control.
+    Zero-based indexes into these image lists indicate which image is to be used for
+    which item. Each image in an image list can contain a mask, and can be made out
+    of either a bitmap, two bitmaps or an icon. See ImagList.h for more details.
+
+    Notifications are passed via the wxWidgets 2.0 event system, or using virtual
+    functions in wxWidgets 1.66.
+
+    See the sample wxListCtrl app for API usage.
+
+    TODO:
+     - addition of further convenience functions
+       to avoid use of wxListItem in some functions
+     - state/overlay images: probably not needed.
+     - in Win95, you can be called back to supply other information
+       besides text, such as state information. This saves no memory
+       and is probably superfluous to requirements.
+     - testing of whole API, extending current sample.
+
+
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl: public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    /*
+     * Public interface
+     */
+
+    wxListCtrl() { Init(); }
+
+    wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
+               wxWindowID id = -1,
+               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+               long style = wxLC_ICON,
+               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+               const wxString& name = _T("wxListCtrl"))
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+    }
+
+    virtual ~wxListCtrl();
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id = -1,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxLC_ICON,
+                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString& name = _T("wxListCtrl"));
+
+
+    // Attributes
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    // Set the control colours
+    bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col);
+    bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
+
+    // Gets information about this column
+    bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const;
+
+    // Sets information about this column
+    bool SetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) ;
+
+    // Gets the column width
+    int GetColumnWidth(int col) const;
+
+    // Sets the column width
+    bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width) ;
+
+    // Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the
+    // visible area of the list control (list or report view)
+    // or the total number of items in the list control (icon
+    // or small icon view)
+    int GetCountPerPage() const;
+
+    // return the total area occupied by all the items (icon/small icon only)
+    wxRect GetViewRect() const;
+
+    // Gets the edit control for editing labels.
+    wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
+
+    // Gets information about the item
+    bool GetItem(wxListItem& info) const ;
+
+    // Sets information about the item
+    bool SetItem(wxListItem& info) ;
+
+    // Sets a string field at a particular column
+    long SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1);
+
+    // Gets the item state
+    int  GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const ;
+
+    // Sets the item state
+    bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask) ;
+
+    // Sets the item image
+    bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage) ;
+
+    // Gets the item text
+    wxString GetItemText(long item) const ;
+
+    // Sets the item text
+    void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str) ;
+
+    // Gets the item data
+    long GetItemData(long item) const ;
+
+    // Sets the item data
+    bool SetItemData(long item, long data) ;
+
+    // Gets the item rectangle
+    bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const ;
+
+    // Gets the item position
+    bool GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const ;
+
+    // Sets the item position
+    bool SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos) ;
+
+    // Gets the number of items in the list control
+    int GetItemCount() const;
+
+    // Gets the number of columns in the list control
+    int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; }
+
+    // get the horizontal and vertical components of the item spacing
+    wxSize GetItemSpacing() const;
+
+    // Foreground colour of an item.
+    void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col);
+    wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const;
+
+    // Background colour of an item.
+    void SetItemBackgroundColour( long item, const wxColour &col);
+    wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour( long item ) const;
+
+    // Gets the number of selected items in the list control
+    int GetSelectedItemCount() const;
+
+    // Gets the text colour of the listview
+    wxColour GetTextColour() const;
+
+    // Sets the text colour of the listview
+    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
+
+    // Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in
+    // list or report view
+    long GetTopItem() const ;
+
+    // Add or remove a single window style
+    void SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add = TRUE) ;
+
+    // Set the whole window style
+    void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) ;
+
+    // Searches for an item, starting from 'item'.
+    // item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the
+    // specified flags.
+    // Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful.
+    long GetNextItem(long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE) const ;
+
+    // Gets one of the three image lists
+    wxImageList *GetImageList(int which) const ;
+
+    // Sets the image list
+    // N.B. There's a quirk in the Win95 list view implementation.
+    // If in wxLC_LIST mode, it'll *still* display images by the labels if
+    // there's a small-icon image list set for the control - even though you
+    // haven't specified wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE when inserting.
+    // So you have to set a NULL small-icon image list to be sure that
+    // the wxLC_LIST mode works without icons. Of course, you may want icons...
+    void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ;
+    void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ;
+
+    // are we in report mode?
+    bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); }
+
+    // are we in virtual report mode?
+    bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); }
+
+    // refresh items selectively (only useful for virtual list controls)
+    void RefreshItem(long item);
+    void RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo);
+
+    // Operations
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    // Arranges the items
+    bool Arrange(int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT);
+
+    // Deletes an item
+    bool DeleteItem(long item);
+
+    // Deletes all items
+    bool DeleteAllItems() ;
+
+    // Deletes a column
+    bool DeleteColumn(int col);
+
+    // Deletes all columns
+    bool DeleteAllColumns();
+
+    // Clears items, and columns if there are any.
+    void ClearAll();
+
+    // Edit the label
+    wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
+
+    // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
+    bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
+
+    // Ensures this item is visible
+    bool EnsureVisible(long item) ;
+
+    // Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start'
+    // or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+    long FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = FALSE);
+
+    // Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start'
+    // or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+    long FindItem(long start, long data);
+
+    // Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from
+    // the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+    long FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction);
+
+    // Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point,
+    // giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above)
+    long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
+
+    // Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful,
+    // -1 otherwise.
+    long InsertItem(wxListItem& info);
+
+    // Insert a string item
+    long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label);
+
+    // Insert an image item
+    long InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex);
+
+    // Insert an image/string item
+    long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex);
+
+    // For list view mode (only), inserts a column.
+    long InsertColumn(long col, wxListItem& info);
+
+    long InsertColumn(long col,
+                      const wxString& heading,
+                      int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
+                      int width = -1);
+
+    // set the number of items in a virtual list control
+    void SetItemCount(long count);
+
+    // Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode,
+    // x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x
+    // specifies the number of columns to scroll.
+    // If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels
+    // to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll.
+    bool ScrollList(int dx, int dy);
+
+    // Sort items.
+
+    // fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data.
+    // item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index).
+    // item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index).
+    // data is the same value as passed to SortItems.
+    // The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second
+    // item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first,
+    // or zero if the two items are equivalent.
+
+    // data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function.
+    bool SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data);
+
+    // IMPLEMENTATION
+    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
+    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
+
+    // bring the control in sync with current m_windowStyle value
+    void UpdateStyle();
+
+    // Event handlers
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // Necessary for drawing hrules and vrules, if specified
+    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
+
+
+    virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
+
+    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
+    {
+        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
+    }
+
+    static wxVisualAttributes
+    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
+
+
+    // obsolete stuff, for compatibility only -- don't use
+    wxDEPRECATED( int GetItemSpacing(bool isSmall) const);
+
+protected:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    // free memory taken by all internal data
+    void FreeAllInternalData();
+
+    // convert our styles to Windows
+    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
+
+
+    wxTextCtrl*       m_textCtrl;        // The control used for editing a label
+    wxImageList *     m_imageListNormal; // The image list for normal icons
+    wxImageList *     m_imageListSmall;  // The image list for small icons
+    wxImageList *     m_imageListState;  // The image list state icons (not implemented yet)
+    bool              m_ownsImageListNormal,
+                      m_ownsImageListSmall,
+                      m_ownsImageListState;
+
+    int               m_colCount;   // Windows doesn't have GetColumnCount so must
+                                    // keep track of inserted/deleted columns
+    long              m_count;      // Keep track of item count to save calls to
+                                    // ListView_GetItemCount
+    bool              m_ignoreChangeMessages;
+
+    // TRUE if we have any internal data (user data & attributes)
+    bool m_AnyInternalData;
+
+    // TRUE if we have any items with custom attributes
+    bool m_hasAnyAttr;
+
+    // these functions are only used for virtual list view controls, i.e. the
+    // ones with wxLC_VIRTUAL style
+
+    // return the text for the given column of the given item
+    virtual wxString OnGetItemText(long item, long column) const;
+
+    // return the icon for the given item
+    virtual int OnGetItemImage(long item) const;
+
+    // return the attribute for the item (may return NULL if none)
+    virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemAttr(long item) const;
+
+private:
+    // process NM_CUSTOMDRAW notification message
+    WXLPARAM OnCustomDraw(WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_LISTCTRL
+
+#endif // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/mdi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/mdi.h
+// Purpose:     MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_
+#define _WX_MDI_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "mdi.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFrameNameStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStatusLineNameStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame;
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMDIParentFrame
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIParentFrame : public wxFrame
+{
+public:
+    wxMDIParentFrame();
+    wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent,
+                     wxWindowID id,
+                     const wxString& title,
+                     const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                     long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
+                     const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+    }
+
+    ~wxMDIParentFrame();
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString& title,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
+                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
+
+    // accessors
+    // ---------
+
+    // Get the active MDI child window (Windows only)
+    wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const;
+
+    // Get the client window
+    wxMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const { return m_clientWindow; }
+
+    // Create the client window class (don't Create the window,
+    // just return a new class)
+    virtual wxMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient(void);
+
+    // MDI windows menu
+    wxMenu* GetWindowMenu() const { return m_windowMenu; };
+    void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* menu) ;
+
+    // MDI operations
+    // --------------
+    virtual void Cascade();
+    virtual void Tile();
+    virtual void ArrangeIcons();
+    virtual void ActivateNext();
+    virtual void ActivatePrevious();
+
+    // handlers
+    // --------
+
+    // Responds to colour changes
+    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
+
+    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
+
+    bool HandleActivate(int state, bool minimized, WXHWND activate);
+    bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control);
+
+    // override window proc for MDI-specific message processing
+    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+    virtual WXLRESULT MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT, WXWPARAM, WXLPARAM);
+    virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* msg);
+
+protected:
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+    virtual void InternalSetMenuBar();
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+    virtual WXHICON GetDefaultIcon() const;
+
+    wxMDIClientWindow *             m_clientWindow;
+    wxMDIChildFrame *               m_currentChild;
+    wxMenu*                         m_windowMenu;
+
+    // TRUE if MDI Frame is intercepting commands, not child
+    bool m_parentFrameActive;
+
+private:
+    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame;
+
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
+};
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMDIChildFrame
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame : public wxFrame
+{
+public:
+    wxMDIChildFrame() { Init(); }
+    wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
+                    wxWindowID id,
+                    const wxString& title,
+                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                    long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+                    const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+    }
+
+    ~wxMDIChildFrame();
+
+    bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString& title,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
+                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
+
+    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return FALSE; }
+
+    // MDI operations
+    virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = TRUE);
+    virtual void Restore();
+    virtual void Activate();
+
+    // Implementation only from now on
+    // -------------------------------
+
+    // Handlers
+    bool HandleMDIActivate(long bActivate, WXHWND, WXHWND);
+    bool HandleWindowPosChanging(void *lpPos);
+    bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control);
+    bool HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo);
+
+    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+    virtual WXLRESULT MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+    virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG *msg);
+
+    virtual void MSWDestroyWindow();
+
+    bool ResetWindowStyle(void *vrect);
+
+    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
+
+protected:
+    virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
+    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
+    virtual void InternalSetMenuBar();
+    virtual bool IsMDIChild() const { return TRUE; }
+
+    virtual WXHICON GetDefaultIcon() const;
+
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+private:
+    bool m_needsResize; // flag which tells us to artificially resize the frame
+
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMDIChildFrame)
+};
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMDIClientWindow
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow : public wxWindow
+{
+public:
+    wxMDIClientWindow() { Init(); }
+    wxMDIClientWindow(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        CreateClient(parent, style);
+    }
+
+    // Note: this is virtual, to allow overridden behaviour.
+    virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
+                              long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL);
+
+    // Explicitly call default scroll behaviour
+    void OnScroll(wxScrollEvent& event);
+
+    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
+                           int width, int height,
+                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
+protected:
+    void Init() { m_scrollX = m_scrollY = 0; }
+
+    int m_scrollX, m_scrollY;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMDIClientWindow)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_MDI_H_

include/wx/palmos/menu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/menu.h
+// Purpose:     wxMenu, wxMenuBar classes
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_
+#define _WX_MENU_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "menu.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+    #include "wx/accel.h"
+    #include "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+    WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAcceleratorEntry *, wxAcceleratorArray);
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
+
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar;
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/arrstr.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Menu
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu : public wxMenuBase
+{
+public:
+    // ctors & dtor
+    wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0)
+        : wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); }
+
+    wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); }
+
+    virtual ~wxMenu();
+
+    // implement base class virtuals
+    virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
+    virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
+    virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
+
+    virtual void Break();
+
+    virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
+
+    // deprecated functions
+#if wxUSE_MENU_CALLBACK
+    wxMenu(const wxString& title, const wxFunction func)
+        : wxMenuBase(title)
+    {
+        Init();
+
+        Callback(func);
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_MENU_CALLBACK
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    // -------------------------------
+
+    virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar);
+
+    bool PalmCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
+
+    // semi-private accessors
+        // get the window which contains this menu
+    wxWindow *GetWindow() const;
+        // get the menu handle
+    WXHMENU GetHMenu() const { return m_hMenu; }
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+    // called by wxMenuBar to build its accel table from the accels of all menus
+    bool HasAccels() const { return !m_accels.IsEmpty(); }
+    size_t GetAccelCount() const { return m_accels.GetCount(); }
+    size_t CopyAccels(wxAcceleratorEntry *accels) const;
+
+    // called by wxMenuItem when its accels changes
+    void UpdateAccel(wxMenuItem *item);
+
+    // helper used by wxMenu itself (returns the index in m_accels)
+    int FindAccel(int id) const;
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+private:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    // common part of Append/Insert (behaves as Append is pos == (size_t)-1)
+    bool DoInsertOrAppend(wxMenuItem *item, size_t pos = (size_t)-1);
+
+    // terminate the current radio group, if any
+    void EndRadioGroup();
+
+    // if TRUE, insert a break before appending the next item
+    bool m_doBreak;
+
+    // the position of the first item in the current radio group or -1
+    int m_startRadioGroup;
+
+    // the menu handle of this menu
+    WXHMENU m_hMenu;
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+    // the accelerators for our menu items
+    wxAcceleratorArray m_accels;
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenu)
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Menu Bar (a la Windows)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuInfo : public wxObject
+{
+public :
+    wxMenuInfo() { m_menu = NULL ; }
+    virtual ~wxMenuInfo() { }
+
+    void Create( wxMenu *menu , const wxString &title ) 
+    { m_menu = menu ; m_title = title ; }
+    wxMenu* GetMenu() const { return m_menu ; }
+    wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title ; }
+private :
+    wxMenu *m_menu ;
+    wxString m_title ;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuInfo) ;
+} ;
+
+WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenuInfo, wxMenuInfoList );
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase
+{
+public:
+    // ctors & dtor 
+        // default constructor
+    wxMenuBar();
+
+    wxMenuBar(long style);
+        // menubar takes ownership of the menus arrays but copies the titles
+    wxMenuBar(int n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[]);
+    virtual ~wxMenuBar();
+
+    // menubar construction
+    bool Append( wxMenuInfo *info ) { return Append( info->GetMenu() , info->GetTitle() ) ; }
+    const wxMenuInfoList& GetMenuInfos() const ;
+
+    virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title );
+    virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
+    virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
+    virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
+
+    virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag );
+    virtual void SetLabelTop( size_t pos, const wxString& label );
+    virtual wxString GetLabelTop( size_t pos ) const;
+
+    // implementation from now on
+    WXHMENU Create();
+    virtual void Detach();
+    virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
+
+    void LoadMenu();
+    int ProcessCommand(int ItemID);
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && defined(__WXWINCE__) && (_WIN32_WCE < 400 || defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__))
+    // Under WinCE, a menubar is owned by the frame's toolbar
+    void SetToolBar(wxToolBar* toolBar) { m_toolBar = toolBar; }
+    wxToolBar* GetToolBar() const { return m_toolBar; }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && (_WIN32_WCE >= 400 && !defined(__POCKETPC__) && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__))
+    WXHWND GetCommandBar() const { return m_commandBar; }
+    bool AddAdornments(long style);
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+    // get the accel table for all the menus
+    const wxAcceleratorTable& GetAccelTable() const { return m_accelTable; }
+
+    // update the accel table (must be called after adding/deletign a menu)
+    void RebuildAccelTable();
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+        // get the menu handle
+    WXHMENU GetHMenu() const { return m_hMenu; }
+
+    // if the menubar is modified, the display is not updated automatically,
+    // call this function to update it (m_menuBarFrame should be !NULL)
+    void Refresh();
+
+    // To avoid compile warning
+    void Refresh( bool eraseBackground,
+                          const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ) { wxWindow::Refresh(eraseBackground, rect); }
+
+protected:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    wxArrayString m_titles ;
+    wxMenuInfoList m_menuInfos;
+
+    WXHMENU       m_hMenu;
+
+    // Return the Palm position for a wxMenu which is sometimes different from
+    // the wxWidgets position.
+    int PalmPositionForWxMenu(wxMenu *menu, int wxpos);
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+    // the accelerator table for all accelerators in all our menus
+    wxAcceleratorTable m_accelTable;
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+    wxToolBar*  m_toolBar;
+#endif
+    // Not using a combined wxToolBar/wxMenuBar? then use
+    // a commandbar in WinCE .NET to implement the
+    // menubar, since there is no ::SetMenu function.
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && (_WIN32_WCE >= 400 && !defined(__POCKETPC__) && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__))
+    WXHWND      m_commandBar;
+    bool        m_adornmentsAdded;
+#endif
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenuBar)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_MENU_H_

include/wx/palmos/menuitem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        menuitem.h
+// Purpose:     wxMenuItem class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef   _MENUITEM_H
+#define   _MENUITEM_H
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "menuitem.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    #include  "wx/ownerdrw.h"   // base class
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMenuItem: an item in the menu, optionally implements owner-drawn behaviour
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem : public wxMenuItemBase
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+                             , public wxOwnerDrawn
+#endif
+{
+public:
+    // ctor & dtor
+    wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
+               int id = wxID_SEPARATOR,
+               const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
+               const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
+               wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
+               wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
+    virtual ~wxMenuItem();
+
+    // override base class virtuals
+    virtual void SetText(const wxString& strName);
+    virtual void SetCheckable(bool checkable);
+
+    virtual void Enable(bool bDoEnable = TRUE);
+    virtual void Check(bool bDoCheck = TRUE);
+    virtual bool IsChecked() const;
+
+    // unfortunately needed to resolve ambiguity between
+    // wxMenuItemBase::IsCheckable() and wxOwnerDrawn::IsCheckable()
+    bool IsCheckable() const { return wxMenuItemBase::IsCheckable(); }
+
+    // the id for a popup menu is really its menu handle (as required by
+    // ::AppendMenu() API), so this function will return either the id or the
+    // menu handle depending on what we're
+    int GetRealId() const;
+
+    // mark item as belonging to the given radio group
+    void SetAsRadioGroupStart();
+    void SetRadioGroupStart(int start);
+    void SetRadioGroupEnd(int end);
+
+    // compatibility only, don't use in new code
+    wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu,
+               int id,
+               const wxString& text,
+               const wxString& help,
+               bool isCheckable,
+               wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
+
+private:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+    // the positions of the first and last items of the radio group this item
+    // belongs to or -1: start is the radio group start and is valid for all
+    // but first radio group items (m_isRadioGroupStart == FALSE), end is valid
+    // only for the first one
+    union
+    {
+        int start;
+        int end;
+    } m_radioGroup;
+
+    // does this item start a radio group?
+    bool m_isRadioGroupStart;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenuItem)
+};
+
+#endif  //_MENUITEM_H

include/wx/palmos/metafile.h

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/metafile.h
+// Purpose:     wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC and wxMetaFileDataObject classes
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_METAFIILE_H_
+#define _WX_METAFIILE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "metafile.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_METAFILE
+
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+    #include "wx/dataobj.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Metafile and metafile device context classes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileRefData: public wxGDIRefData
+{
+    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile;
+public:
+    wxMetafileRefData();
+    ~wxMetafileRefData();
+
+public:
+    WXHANDLE m_metafile;
+    int m_windowsMappingMode;
+    int m_width, m_height;
+};
+
+#define M_METAFILEDATA ((wxMetafileRefData *)m_refData)
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile: public wxGDIObject
+{
+public:
+    wxMetafile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
+    wxMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile) { Ref(metafile); }
+    virtual ~wxMetafile();
+
+    // After this is called, the metafile cannot be used for anything
+    // since it is now owned by the clipboard.
+    virtual bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0);
+
+    virtual bool Play(wxDC *dc);
+    bool Ok() const { return (M_METAFILEDATA && (M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile != 0)); };
+
+    // set/get the size of metafile for clipboard operations
+    wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); }
+    int GetWidth() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_width; }
+    int GetHeight() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_height; }
+
+    void SetWidth(int width) { M_METAFILEDATA->m_width = width; }
+    void SetHeight(int height) { M_METAFILEDATA->m_height = height; }
+
+    // Implementation
+    WXHANDLE GetHMETAFILE() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile; }
+    void SetHMETAFILE(WXHANDLE mf) ;
+    int GetWindowsMappingMode() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_windowsMappingMode; }
+    void SetWindowsMappingMode(int mm);
+
+    // Operators
+    wxMetafile& operator=(const wxMetafile& metafile)
+        { if (*this != metafile) Ref(metafile); return *this; }
+    bool operator==(const wxMetafile& metafile) const
+        { return m_refData == metafile.m_refData; }
+    bool operator!=(const wxMetafile& metafile) const
+        { return m_refData != metafile.m_refData; }
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafile)
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileDC: public wxDC
+{
+public:
+    // Don't supply origin and extent
+    // Supply them to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable instead.
+    wxMetafileDC(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
+
+    // Supply origin and extent (recommended).
+    // Then don't need to supply them to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable.
+    wxMetafileDC(const wxString& file, int xext, int yext, int xorg, int yorg);
+
+    virtual ~wxMetafileDC();
+
+    // Should be called at end of drawing
+    virtual wxMetafile *Close();
+    virtual void SetMapMode(int mode);
+    virtual void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, long *x, long *y,
+            long *descent = NULL, long *externalLeading = NULL,
+            wxFont *theFont = NULL, bool use16bit = FALSE) const;
+
+    // Implementation
+    wxMetafile *GetMetaFile() const { return m_metaFile; }
+    void SetMetaFile(wxMetafile *mf) { m_metaFile = mf; }
+    int GetWindowsMappingMode() const { return m_windowsMappingMode; }
+    void SetWindowsMappingMode(int mm) { m_windowsMappingMode = mm; }
+
+protected:
+    int           m_windowsMappingMode;
+    wxMetafile*   m_metaFile;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafileDC)
+};
+
+/*
+ * Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box.
+ * Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic,
+ * and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the wxMM_TEXT mapping mode.
+ *
+ */
+
+// No origin or extent
+bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetafilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale = 1.0);
+
+// Optional origin and extent
+bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale = 1.0, bool useOriginAndExtent = TRUE);
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMetafileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for metafile data
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
+{
+public:
+    // ctors
+    wxMetafileDataObject() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE)
+        { }
+    wxMetafileDataObject(const wxMetafile& metafile)
+        : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { }
+
+    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
+    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
+    virtual void SetMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile)
+        { m_metafile = metafile; }
+    virtual wxMetafile GetMetafile() const
+        { return m_metafile; }
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
+    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
+
+protected:
+    wxMetafile m_metafile;
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+#endif // wxUSE_METAFILE
+#endif
+    // _WX_METAFIILE_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/mimetype.h

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/mimetype.h
+// Purpose:     classes and functions to manage MIME types
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
+#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "mimetype.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE
+
+#include "wx/mimetype.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFileTypeImpl is the MSW version of wxFileType, this is a private class
+// and is never used directly by the application
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeImpl
+{
+public:
+    // ctor
+    wxFileTypeImpl() { }
+
+    // one of these Init() function must be called (ctor can't take any
+    // arguments because it's common)
+
+        // initialize us with our file type name and extension - in this case
+        // we will read all other data from the registry
+    void Init(const wxString& strFileType, const wxString& ext);
+
+    // implement accessor functions
+    bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
+    bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const;
+    bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
+    bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const;
+    bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const;
+    bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
+                        const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
+    bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
+                         const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
+
+    size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString * verbs, wxArrayString * commands,
+                          const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
+
+    bool Unassociate();
+
+    // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
+    // overwriteprompt is TRUE
+    bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd,
+                    const wxString& verb,
+                    bool overwriteprompt = TRUE);
+
+    bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& cmd = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
+
+    // this is called  by Associate
+    bool SetDescription (const wxString& desc);
+
+private:
+    // helper function: reads the command corresponding to the specified verb
+    // from the registry (returns an empty string if not found)
+    wxString GetCommand(const wxChar *verb) const;
+
+    // get the registry path for the given verb
+    wxString GetVerbPath(const wxString& verb) const;
+
+    // check that the registry key for our extension exists, create it if it
+    // doesn't, return FALSE if this failed
+    bool EnsureExtKeyExists();
+
+    wxString m_strFileType,         // may be empty
+             m_ext;
+
+    // these methods are not publicly accessible (as wxMimeTypesManager
+    // doesn't know about them), and should only be called by Unassociate
+
+    bool RemoveOpenCommand();
+    bool RemoveCommand(const wxString& verb);
+    bool RemoveMimeType();
+    bool RemoveDefaultIcon();
+    bool RemoveDescription();
+};
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
+{
+public:
+    // nothing to do here, we don't load any data but just go and fetch it from
+    // the registry when asked for
+    wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { }
+
+    // implement containing class functions
+    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
+    wxFileType *GetOrAllocateFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
+    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
+
+    size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
+
+    // this are NOPs under Windows
+    bool ReadMailcap(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename), bool WXUNUSED(fallback) = TRUE)
+        { return TRUE; }
+    bool ReadMimeTypes(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename))
+        { return TRUE; }
+
+    // create a new filetype association
+    wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
+
+    // create a new filetype with the given name and extension
+    wxFileType *CreateFileType(const wxString& filetype, const wxString& ext);
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE
+
+#endif
+  //_MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
+

include/wx/palmos/minifram.h

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/minifram.h
+// Purpose:     wxMiniFrame class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
+#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "minifram.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMiniFrame : public wxFrame
+{
+public:
+  wxMiniFrame() { }
+
+  bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+              wxWindowID id,
+              const wxString& title,
+              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+              long style = wxCAPTION | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxRESIZE_BORDER,
+              const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+  {
+      return wxFrame::Create(parent, id, title, pos, size,
+                             style |
+                             wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW |
+                             (parent ? wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT : 0), name);
+  }
+
+  wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent,
+              wxWindowID id,
+              const wxString& title,
+              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+              long style = wxCAPTION | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxRESIZE_BORDER,
+              const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
+  {
+      Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMiniFrame)
+};
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_

include/wx/palmos/msgdlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        msgdlg.h
+// Purpose:     wxMessageDialog class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
+#define _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "msgdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+
+/*
+ * Message box dialog
+ */
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageDialog: public wxDialog
+{
+DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
+protected:
+    wxString    m_caption;
+    wxString    m_message;
+    long        m_dialogStyle;
+    wxWindow *  m_parent;
+public:
+    wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message, const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
+        long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
+
+    int ShowModal(void);
+
+    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
+};
+
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_

include/wx/palmos/mslu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/mslu.h
+// Purpose:     Fixes for bugs in MSLU
+// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     2002/02/17
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Vaclav Slavik
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSLU_H_
+#define _WX_MSLU_H_
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/wxchar.h"
+
+#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
+inline bool wxUsingUnicowsDll() { return FALSE; }
+#else
+
+// Returns true if we are running under Unicode emulation in Win9x environment.
+// Workaround hacks take effect only if this condition is met
+inline bool wxUsingUnicowsDll()
+{
+    return (wxGetOsVersion() == wxWIN95);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Wrongly implemented functions from unicows.dll
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU_DrawStateW(WXHDC dc, WXHBRUSH br, WXFARPROC outputFunc, 
+                                  WXLPARAM lData, WXWPARAM wData, 
+                                  int x, int y, int cx, int cy, 
+                                  unsigned int flags);
+#define DrawStateW(dc, br, func, ld, wd, x, y, cx, cy, flags) \
+    wxMSLU_DrawStateW((WXHDC)dc,(WXHBRUSH)br,(WXFARPROC)func, \
+                      ld, wd, x, y, cx, cy, flags)
+
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU_GetOpenFileNameW(void *ofn);
+#define GetOpenFileNameW(ofn) wxMSLU_GetOpenFileNameW((void*)ofn)
+
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU_GetSaveFileNameW(void *ofn);
+#define GetSaveFileNameW(ofn) wxMSLU_GetSaveFileNameW((void*)ofn)
+
+#endif
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Missing libc file manipulation functions in Win9x
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU__trename(const wxChar *oldname, const wxChar *newname);
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU__tremove(const wxChar *name);
+
+#if defined( __VISUALC__ ) \
+    || ( defined(__MINGW32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 0, 5 ) ) \
+    || ( defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__WXMSW__) ) \
+    || ( defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ > 0x460) )
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU__wopen(const wxChar *name, int flags, int mode);
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU__waccess(const wxChar *name, int mode);
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU__wmkdir(const wxChar *name);
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU__wrmdir(const wxChar *name);
+WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU__wstat(const wxChar *name, struct _stat *buffer);
+#endif
+
+#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
+
+#endif // _WX_MSLU_H_

include/wx/palmos/msvcrt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/palmos/msvcrt.h
+// Purpose:     macros to use some non-standard features of MS Visual C++
+//              C run-time library
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     31.01.1999
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// the goal of this file is to define wxCrtSetDbgFlag() macro which may be
+// used like this:
+//      wxCrtSetDbgFlag(_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF);
+// to turn on memory leak checks for programs compiled with Microsoft Visual
+// C++ (5.0+). The macro will expand to nothing under other compilers.
+
+#ifndef _PALMOS_MSVCRT_H_
+#define _PALMOS_MSVCRT_H_
+
+// use debug CRT functions for memory leak detections in VC++ 5.0+ in debug
+// builds
+#undef wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG
+#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1000) \
+    && !defined(UNDER_CE)
+    // it doesn't combine well with wxWin own memory debugging methods
+    #if !wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS && !wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING && !defined(__NO_VC_CRTDBG__)
+        #define wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG
+    // VC++ uses this macro as debug/release mode indicator
+    #ifndef _DEBUG
+        #define _DEBUG
+    #endif
+
+    // Need to undef new if including crtdbg.h which redefines new itself
+    #ifdef new
+        #undef new
+    #endif
+
+    // we need this to show file & line number of the allocation that caused
+    // the leak
+    #define _CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC
+    #include <stdlib.h>
+    #ifndef _CRTBLD
+        // Need when builded with pure MS SDK
+        #define _CRTBLD
+    #endif
+
+    #include <crtdbg.h>
+
+    // this define works around a bug with inline declarations of new, see
+    //
+    //      http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q140/8/58.asp
+    //
+    // for the details 
+    #define new  new( _NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+
+    #define wxCrtSetDbgFlag(flag) \
+        _CrtSetDbgFlag(_CrtSetDbgFlag(_CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG) | (flag))
+#else // !using VC CRT
+    #define wxCrtSetDbgFlag(flag)
+#endif // wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG
+
+#endif // _PALMOS_MSVCRT_H_
+

include/wx/palmos/notebook.h

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        palmos/notebook.h
+// Purpose:     MSW/GTK compatible notebook (a.k.a. property sheet)
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _NOTEBOOK_H
+#define _NOTEBOOK_H
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+  #pragma interface "notebook.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookPageInfo : public wxObject
+{
+public :
+    wxNotebookPageInfo() { m_page = NULL ; m_imageId = -1 ; m_selected = false ; }
+    virtual ~wxNotebookPageInfo() { }
+
+    void Create( wxNotebookPage *page , const wxString &text , bool selected , int imageId ) 
+    { m_page = page ; m_text = text ; m_selected = selected ; m_imageId = imageId ; }
+    wxNotebookPage* GetPage() const { return m_page ; }
+    wxString GetText() const { return m_text ; }
+    bool GetSelected() const { return m_selected ; }
+    int GetImageId() const { return m_imageId; }
+private :
+    wxNotebookPage *m_page ;
+    wxString m_text ;
+    bool m_selected ;
+    int m_imageId ;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookPageInfo) ;
+} ;
+
+
+WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxNotebookPageInfo, wxNotebookPageInfoList );
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase
+{
+public:
+  // ctors
+  // -----
+    // default for dynamic class
+  wxNotebook();
+    // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?)
+  wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
+             wxWindowID id,
+             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+             long style = 0,
+             const wxString& name = wxNOTEBOOK_NAME);
+    // Create() function
+  bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+              wxWindowID id,
+              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+              long style = 0,
+              const wxString& name = wxNOTEBOOK_NAME);
+
+  // accessors
+  // ---------
+    // get number of pages in the dialog
+  virtual size_t GetPageCount() const;
+
+    // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
+    // selected one (or -1 on error)
+    // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
+  int SetSelection(size_t nPage);
+    // get the currently selected page
+  int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
+
+    // set/get the title of a page
+  bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText);
+  wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const;
+
+  // image list stuff: each page may have an image associated with it. All
+  // the images belong to an image list, so you have to
+  // 1) create an image list
+  // 2) associate it with the notebook
+  // 3) set for each page it's image
+    // associate image list with a control
+  void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
+
+    // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
+  int  GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const;
+  bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage);
+
+    // currently it's always 1 because wxGTK doesn't support multi-row
+    // tab controls
+  int GetRowCount() const;
+
+  // control the appearance of the notebook pages
+    // set the size (the same for all pages)
+  void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
+    // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
+  void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
+
+    // Windows only: attempts to get colour for UX theme page background
+  wxColour GetThemeBackgroundColour();
+
+  // operations
+  // ----------
+    // remove all pages
+  bool DeleteAllPages();
+
+    // inserts a new page to the notebook (it will be deleted ny the notebook,
+    // don't delete it yourself). If bSelect, this page becomes active.
+  bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
+                  wxNotebookPage *pPage,
+                  const wxString& strText,
+                  bool bSelect = FALSE,
+                  int imageId = -1);
+
+  void AddPageInfo( wxNotebookPageInfo* info ) { AddPage( info->GetPage() , info->GetText() , info->GetSelected() , info->GetImageId() ) ; }
+  const wxNotebookPageInfoList& GetPageInfos() const ;
+
+    // Windows-only at present. Also, you must use the wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH
+    // style.
+  void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz);
+
+    // Windows only: attempts to apply the UX theme page background to this page
+  void ApplyThemeBackground(wxWindow* window, const wxColour& colour);
+
+    // hit test
+  virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
+
+    // calculate the size of the notebook from the size of its page
+  virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
+
+  // callbacks
+  // ---------
+  void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
+  void OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event);
+  void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
+
+  // base class virtuals
+  // -------------------
+
+  virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
+  virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD nSBCode,
+                           WXWORD pos, WXHWND control);
+  virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG *wxmsg);
+
+#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
+  virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = TRUE);
+  virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
+#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
+
+protected:
+  // common part of all ctors
+  void Init();
+
+  // translate wxWin styles to the Windows ones
+  virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const;
+
+  // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting
+  virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t nPage);
+
+  // set the size of the given page to fit in the notebook
+  void AdjustPageSize(wxNotebookPage *page);
+
+    // override WndProc.
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+#endif
+
+  // the current selection (-1 if none)
+  int m_nSelection;
+
+  wxNotebookPageInfoList m_pageInfos ;
+
+
+  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxNotebook)
+  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
+
+#endif // _NOTEBOOK_H

include/wx/palmos/palette.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        palette.h
+// Purpose:     wxPalette class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_
+#define _WX_PALETTE_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+#pragma interface "palette.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaletteRefData: public wxGDIRefData
+{
+    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
+public:
+    wxPaletteRefData(void);
+    ~wxPaletteRefData(void);
+protected:
+ WXHPALETTE m_hPalette;
+};
+
+#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData)
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette: public wxGDIObject
+{
+  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette)
+
+public:
+  wxPalette(void);
+  inline wxPalette(const wxPalette& palette) { Ref(palette); }
+
+  wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
+  ~wxPalette(void);
+  bool Create(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
+  int GetPixel(const unsigned char red, const unsigned char green, const unsigned char blue) const;
+  bool GetRGB(int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const;
+
+  virtual bool Ok(void) const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
+
+  inline wxPalette& operator = (const wxPalette& palette) { if (*this == palette) return (*this); Ref(palette); return *this; }
+  inline bool operator == (const wxPalette& palette) const { return m_refData == palette.m_refData; }
+  inline bool operator != (const wxPalette& palette) const { return m_refData != palette.m_refData; }
+
+  virtual bool FreeResource(bool force = FALSE);
+
+  inline WXHPALETTE GetHPALETTE(void) const { return (M_PALETTEDATA ? M_PALETTEDATA->m_hPalette : 0); }
+  void SetHPALETTE(WXHPALETTE pal);
+};
+
+#define wxColorMap wxPalette
+#define wxColourMap wxPalette
+
+#endif
+    // _WX_PALETTE_H_

include/wx/palmos/pen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/pen.h
+// Purpose:     wxPen class
+// Author:      William Osborne
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     10/13/04
+// RCS-ID:      $Id: 
+// Copyright:   (c) William Osborne
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_
+#define _WX_PEN_H_
+
+#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
+    #pragma interface "pen.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+#include "wx/colour.h"
+
+typedef WXDWORD wxMSWDash;
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
+
+// VZ: this class should be made private
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPenRefData : public wxGDIRefData
+{
+public:
+    wxPenRefData();
+    wxPenRefData(const wxPenRefData& data);
+    virtual ~wxPenRefData();
+
+    bool operator==(const wxPenRefData& data) const
+    {
+        // we intentionally don't compare m_hPen fields here
+        return m_style == data.m_style &&
+               m_width == data.m_width &&
+               m_join == data.m_join &&
+               m_cap == data.m_cap &&
+               m_colour == data.m_colour &&
+               (m_style != wxSTIPPLE || m_stipple == data.m_stipple) &&
+               (m_style != wxUSER_DASH ||
+                (m_nbDash == data.m_nbDash &&
+                    memcmp(m_dash, data.m_dash, m_nbDash*sizeof(wxDash)) == 0));
+    }
+
+protected:
+    int           m_width;
+    int           m_style;
+    int           m_join;
+    int           m_cap;
+    wxBitmap      m_stipple;
+    int           m_nbDash;
+    wxDash *      m_dash;
+    wxColour      m_colour;
+    WXHPEN        m_hPen;
+
+private:
+    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
+
+    // Cannot use
+    //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPenRefData)
+    // because copy constructor is explicitly declared above;
+    // but no copy assignment operator is defined, so declare
+    // it private to prevent the compiler from defining it:
+    wxPenRefData& operator=(const wxPenRefData&);
+};
+
+#define M_PENDATA ((wxPenRefData *)m_refData)
+#define wxPENDATA(x) ((wxPenRefData *)(x).m_refData)
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Pen
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen : public wxGDIObject
+{
+public:
+    wxPen();
+    wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width = 1, int style = wxSOLID);
+    wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int width);
+    wxPen(const wxPen& pen) { Ref(pen); }
+    virtual ~wxPen();
+
+    wxPen& operator=(const wxPen& pen)
+    {
+        if ( this != &pen )
+            Ref(pen);
+
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const wxPen& pen) const
+    {
+        const wxPenRefData *penData = (wxPenRefData *)pen.m_refData;
+
+        // an invalid pen is only equal to another invalid pen
+        return m_refData ? penData && *M_PENDATA == *penData : !penData;
+    }
+
+    bool operator!=(const wxPen& pen) const { return !(*this == pen); }
+
+    virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL); }
+
+    // Override in order to recreate the pen
+    void SetColour(const wxColour& col);
+    void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b);
+
+    void SetWidth(int width);
+    void SetStyle(int style);
+    void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple);
+    void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash);
+    void SetJoin(int join);
+    void SetCap(int cap);
+
+    wxColour& GetColour() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_colour : wxNullColour); };
+    int GetWidth() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_width : 0); };
+    int GetStyle() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_style : 0); };
+    int GetJoin() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_join : 0); };
+    int GetCap() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_cap : 0); };
+    int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const
+    {
+        *ptr = (M_PENDATA ? (wxDash*)M_PENDATA->m_dash : (wxDash*) NULL);
+        return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_nbDash : 0);
+    }
+    wxDash* GetDash() const { return (M_PENDATA ? (wxDash*)M_PENDATA->m_dash : (wxDash*)NULL); };
+    inline int GetDashCount() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_nbDash : 0); };
+
+    inline wxBitmap *GetStipple() const { return (M_PENDATA ? (& M_PENDATA->m_stipple) : (wxBitmap*) NULL); };
+
+    // Internal
+    bool RealizeResource();
+    bool FreeResource(bool force = FALSE);
+    WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const;
+    bool IsFree() const;
+    void Unshare();
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_PEN_H_
+